You are on page 1of 511

Network Design Link Budget

WCDMA Radio Planning Course


4 Network Design
4.0 Overview of Module 4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.0: Overview of Module 4

Overview of Module 4

Course Philosophy

Optimisation
Design

Practical Building Blocks

Foundations

Framework

NJHX400E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.0.3

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.0: Overview of Module 4

Overview of Module 4

Contents of Module 4
Network
The fourth Module builds on the Design Elements to
Design
describe the essentials of WCDMA radio planning
Link
Budgets 4.1 2G and 3G link budgets
The Planning 4.2 Network dimensioning, network strategies,
Process
WCDMA planning tools, design criteria
Polygons
4.3 Geometry for cellular planning
Site Placement
4.4 Site types, traffic coverage
Antenna
Placement
4.5 Separation for diversity,
Frequency
shadowing, mounting, standards
Planning

Forward 4.6 Conventional for 2G; 3G code planning


Capacity
Planning
4.7 Planning for future capacity requirements
Operators
Design Guides
4.8 Operator-specific design guidelines
NJHX400E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.0.4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

What is in This Section?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets
Introduction

The Planning
Process Classical 2G Link Budgets

Polygons
UMTS Link Budget How It Differs
Site Placement
UMTS Uplink Link Budget
Antenna
Placement
UMTS Downlink Link Budget
Frequency
Planning

Forward
UMTS Link Budget Analysis
Capacity
Planning
Summary
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.3

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

Why is this Section Important to You?

Very Important that the UMTS Link Budget is understood

The UMTS Link Budget will be used in dimensioning a


network or an area of a network

The Link Budget is the precursor to using a Network Planning


Tool

The Network Planning Tool uses the Link Budget and is


extremely dynamic in UMTS

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

How Will You Learn?

The differences between


GSM and UMTS Link
Budgets

That the confidence of


the UMTS Link Budget is
limited when we consider Worked Examples Exercises
all the UMTS parameter
network interactions

The need for Simulations


to predict UMTS
network performance

Demonstrations Discussion

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.5

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets
Introduction

The Planning
Process Classical 2G Link Budgets

Polygons
UMTS Link Budget How It Differs
Site Placement
UMTS Uplink Link Budget
Antenna
Placement
UMTS Downlink Link Budget
Frequency
Planning

Forward
UMTS Link Budget Analysis
Capacity
Planning
Summary
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.6

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

Approaches to Radio Planning

Generally there have been two key approaches to Radio Planning (i.e
GSM Planning, or more precisely TDMA Planning):
Network Dimensioning using Link Budget Analysis
Network Planning using Radio Planning Tools

UMTS Presents New Challenges for the Radio Planner and Radio
Planning Process

Conventional Approaches are limited when considering UMTS Radio


Planning

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.7

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

The Link Budget

The Link Budget is used in dimensioning exercises, and to


understand basic coverage principles.
Link Budget equations are normally developed using Spreadsheet
formulas.
There are many different ways of presenting the same Link Budget.
A Link Budget should generally have 3 sections:
Tx Parameters Element
Rx Parameters Element
Propagation Parameters Element

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

The Link Budget


Tx Rx
UPLINK

DOWNLINK
Rx Tx

Link Budgets track Power levels along a transmission path


from Transmitter Output Port to Receiver Input Port

Two Distinct Links in a Duplex Communications Channel:


Mobile (transmit) to Base Station (receive) - uplink
Base Station (transmit) to Mobile (receive) - downlink

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.9

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

The Link Budget


Tx Rx
UPLINK

DOWNLINK
Rx Tx
Duplex Communication Link having two links are ideally
balanced in terms of their link budgets
Uplink: Low Power Mobile Transmission to High
Sensitivity Base Receiver
Downlink: High Power Base Station to Low Sensitivity
Mobile Receiver

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.10

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets
Introduction

The Planning
Process Classical 2G Link Budgets

Polygons
UMTS Link Budget How It Differs
Site Placement
UMTS Uplink Link Budget
Antenna
Placement
UMTS Downlink Link Budget
Frequency
Planning

Forward
UMTS Link Budget Analysis
Capacity
Planning
Summary
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.11

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

The 2G Link Budget

Tx Parameters Environment Parameters Rx Parameters

Log
Tx Antenna Body Penetration Path Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder Rx Rx
Power Gain Losses Losses Loss Fade Gain Gain Losses Power Sensitivity
Margin BTS

Tx +30dBm
Power

Rx Rx
Power Sensitivity
-104dBm

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.12

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

The 2G Link Budget

Tx Parameters Environment Parameters Rx Parameters

Log
Tx Antenna Body Penetration Path Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder Rx Rx
Power Gain Losses Losses Loss Fade Gain Gain Losses Power Sensitivity
Margin BTS

Tx +30dBm
Power

Rx
-90dBm Power

Rx
Sensitivity

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.13

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

The 2G Link Budget

Log
Rx Tx Antenna Body Penetration Path Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder
Power = Power + Gain - Losses - Losses - Loss - Fade + Gain + Gain - Losses
Margin

Log
Path Rx Tx Antenna Body Penetration Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder
Loss =- Power - Power - Gain + Losses + Losses + Fade - Gain - Gain + Losses
Margin

Log
Max
Rx Tx Antenna Body Penetration Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder
Path =- Sensitivity- Power - Gain + Losses + Losses + Fade - Gain - Gain + Losses
Loss
Margin

The Rx Power can be calculated given Path Loss and the Link Budget
Parameters

The Max Path Loss can be calculated given the Minimum Rx


Sensitivity and Link Parameters

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.14

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Uplink

Tx Power Rx Sensitivity
Log (TU50 or
Tx Antenna Body Penetration Path Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder
Power Gain Losses Losses Loss Fade Gain Gain Losses RA130)
Margin

BTS
Path Loss = 30+0+(-4)+(-5)+(-5)+18+4+(-2)+(-2)+(-3)-(-104) = 135dB

Mobile Tx Power = 30dBm (1 Watt) variable due to manufacturer variances


Mobile Antenna Gain = 0 dBi variable due to polarisation and near-field effects
Body Loss = 4 dB variable due to orientation, body position wrt BTS
Penetration Loss = 5 dB dependent upon location (i.e building or direction of car)
LN Fade Margin = 5 dB based upon % location probability of coverage over cell area
Path Loss = ? dB The maximum path loss can be calculated to achieve % loc prob.
Base Station Antenna Gain = 18 dBi variable due to (azimuthal) antenna pattern
Base Station Diversity Gain = 4 dB variable due to extent of multipath de-correlation
Base Station Feeder Loss = 2 dB dependent upon quality and size of feeder, and length
Base Station Splitter Loss = 2 dB dependent upon how the signal is shared between multiple TRXs
Int. Degradation margin = 3 dB with interference limited design

Rx Sensitivity = -104 dBm Function of:


(residual BER = 0.2%) noise floor in 200kHz (-120 dBm)
receiver noise figure (8 dB)
Eb/No in fading environment (8 dB)
NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.15

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Downlink

Tx power Rx Sensitivity
Log
Tx
Feeder/
Antenna Path Normal Penetration Body Antenna
(TU50 or
Combiner RA130)
Power Gain Loss Fade Losses Losses Gain
Losses
Margin

BTS
Path Loss = 40+(-6)+18+(-5)+(-5)+(-4)+0+(-3)-(-102) = 137dB

Base Station Tx Power = 40dBm (10 Watts) variable due to manufacturer variances
Base Station Combiner Loss = 4 dB dependent upon how the TRXs are shared with common antennas
Base Station Feeder Loss = 2 dB dependent upon quality and size of feeder, and length
Base Station Antenna Gain = 18 dBi variable due to (azimuthal) antenna pattern
Path Loss = ? dB The maximum path loss can be calculated to achieve % loc prob.
LN Fade Margin = 5 dB based upon % location probability of coverage over cell area
Penetration Loss = 5 dB dependent upon location (i.e building or direction of car)
Body Loss = 4 dB variable due to orientation, body position wrt BTS
Mobile Antenna Gain = 0 dBi variable due to polarisation and near-field effects
Int. degredation margin = 3 dB with interference limited design

Rx Sensitivity = -102 dBm Function of:


(residual BER = 0.2%) noise floor in 200kHz (-120 dBm)
receiver noise figure (10 dB)
Eb/No in fading environment (8 dB)

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.16

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Calculation

Given Link Parameters, a maximum path loss can be calculated, in our


Uplink example this is:

Loss = 30+0+(-4)+(-5)+(-5)+18+4+(-2)+(-2)+(-3)-(-104) = 135dB


Given environment and appropriate path loss model a maximum
distance, hence cell size can be calculated to a % locations probability

For example, assume a countryside environment with in-car


penetration and maximum path loss of 135dB, then using a stochastic
model, such as Hata, we can work out the cell radius

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.17

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Calculation


HATA Model Rural (Quasi-Open)
Environment
150
145 Hb = 50 m
Hm = 1.5 m
Path Loss (dB)
140
f = 900MHz
135
130
125
120
115
110
105
100
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Path Distance (km)

For a 135dB Path Loss, a Cell radius of ~ 9km can be


achieved with 90% Area Locations Probability, given
system parameters in example for in-car penetration in a
rural environment
NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.18

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Sensitivity

We shall examine the effect of an additional 2dB margin on


a link budget

With previous example a path loss of 135dB corresponded to


a cell radius of 9km

Using same path loss model and system parameters, except


that the uplink now has an extra 2dB of link margin,
therefore making a maximum path loss of 137dB. What cell
radius can be achieved now?

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.19

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Sensitivity


HATA Model Rural (Quasi-Open)
Environment
150
Path Loss (dB) 145 2dB
140
135
130
125
120
115
Hb = 50 m
110
Hm = 1.5 m
105
f = 900MHz
100
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Path Distance (km)


We can now achieve a cell radius of ~ 10.5km
increase in cell area from 9km2 to 10.5km2
increase in cell area from 254km2 to 346km2
36% Area Increase !
NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.20

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Sensitivity

Rural (Quasi-Open) Suburban Urban Urban Indoor

Cell Area Coverage increase due to extra 2dB Link margin

When considering network build an extra couple of dBs in a


link margin can have significant effect on site numbers and
ultimately cost of network!

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.21

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Sensitivity

URBAN SUBURBAN RURAL


0dB + 2dB 0dB + 2dB 0dB + 2dB
Cell
Radius (km2) 0.84 0.95 1.35 1.53 6.74 7.62
Effective Cell 1.84 2.34 4.73 6.12 118.2 153
Area (km 2)
Area to be 1,500 1,500 6,000 6,000 100,000 100,000
Covered (km2)
No. of Cell
Sites 815 641 1268 980 846 653

Relative Cost 300 324 300 324 200 208


per Cell Site (k)
Network Build
245 208 380 318 169 136
Costs(M)

168M lower Network Build Costs for +2dB link margin (1997)
NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.22

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Optimisation

The need to balance uplink and downlink budgets


Uplink budget usually the limiting case

Uplink can benefit from additional budget over downlink


through:
Minimise Feeder Losses
Base Station Receive Diversity Gain
Higher Base Station Receive Sensitivity
Use of Head Amplification and LNAs

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.23

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Optimisation - Feeder Losses

FEEDER LOSS AT 960 MHz


7.51 dB/100m 4.2 dB/100m 3.1 dB/100m

2" dia 8" dia 11 4"dia


1 7

Feeder Losses can be minimised through use of:


Short Feeder Runs
Minimum number of connectors
Use of high quality and thick feeder cable

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.24

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Optimisation Diversity Gain

D Fast Fading Signal at


Antenna 1

Fast Fading Signal at


Antenna 2

Diversity Combined
Signal

Diversity Combining on Uplink path can give extra link margin


Relies on sufficiently separated receive antennas at Base Station
such that the transmission channels from mobile to each antenna are
de-correlated in terms of fast fading

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.25

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Optimisation BS Specification

GSM Specification was put together


1991
in 1980s

Radio Receiver Technology can now


offer Base Station Receiver
Sensitivities below -110dBm

GSM Specification Nortel claim -117dBm


Rx Sensitivity = -104dBm
Equipment maturity and supplier
2001 issues must be considered

Rx Sensitivity = -108dBm

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.26

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Optimisation MHA/LNAs


Antenna Antenna
Head Head +
LNA

BS Rx Feeder BS Rx Feeder

Receiver amplification provided at antenna


Receiver front-end stage is situated directly at antenna
Effect is though whole receiver at antenna therefore removing
any feeder losses

Improvement is in overall receive system Noise Figure

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.27

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Optimisation MHA/LNAs

Cascade Equation

NF1 NF2 NFn

G1 G2 G3

NF 2 1 NF 3 1 NF n 1
NF SYS = NF 1 + + +...+
G1 G1G 2 G1G 2... Gn 1

NFSYS - Overall Noise Figure of Receiving System


NFx - Noise Figure for each Receiver stage/element
Gx - Gain of each Receiver stage/element

NF and G input as Linear quantities, not logarithmic (dBs)

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.28

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Optimisation MHA/LNAs

NF1=3dB NF2=6dB NF3=6dB


NF1 = 2 NF2=4 NF3=4 Attenuator

Amplifier
G1=-3dB G2=10dB G3=10dB
G1=0.5 G2=10 G3=10

NF 2 1 NF 3 1
NF SYS = NF 1 + +
G1 G 1G 2
4 1 4 1
NF S Y S = 2 + +
0.5 0.5.10
N F SYS = 2 + 6 + 0 .6 = 8 .6 = 9 . 3 4 d B

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.29

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

2G Link Budget Optimisation MHA/LNAs

NF1=6dB NF2=3dB NF3=6dB


NF1=4 NF2 = 2 NF3=4 Attenuator

Amplifier
G1=10dB G2=-3dB G3=10dB
G1=10 G2=0.5 G3=10

NF 2 1 NF 3 1
NF SYS = NF 1 + +
G1 G 1G 2
2 1 4 1
NF S Y S = 4 + + 2.6dB increase in Link
10 0.5.10
Margin over feeder
N F SYS = 4 + 0 .1 + 0 .6 = 4 .7 = 6 . 7 2 d B then amplifier
cascade

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.30

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets
Introduction

The Planning
Process Classical 2G Link Budgets

Polygons
UMTS Link Budget How It Differs
Site Placement
UMTS Uplink Link Budget
Antenna
Placement
UMTS Downlink Link Budget
Frequency
Planning

Forward
UMTS Link Budget Analysis
Capacity
Planning
Summary
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.31

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Radio Planning - Differences

There are key differences between WCDMA and TDMA/FDMA link budge ts

In TDMA, the Noise (or Interference) In WCDMA, the Interference Level varies
Level with which a Mobile or Base Station due to Loading of the Cell, which in turn
must operate remains essentially Constant. affects Maximum Path Loss, and hence
coverage.
In TDMA, there is no real concept of a
variable Processing Gain. In WCDMA, there are many Services, which
have different Datarates, which give rise to
different Processing Gains.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.32

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Radio Planning - Differences

There are key differences between WCDMA and TDMA/FDMA link budge ts

In TDMA, the Service is normally always Rx Sensitivity is a function of Eb/No, which


voice, which dictates a certain Eb/No, and is dependent upon actual service type,
hence Rx Sensitivity, based upon a worst datarate, speed, Multipath environment,
case Environment, and minimum acceptable diversity schemes and RAKE Receiver
BER is a Constant (e.g. 104dBm for GSM). Algorithms

In TDMA, there is Hard Handover which In WCDMA, soft handover is possible, which
has no influence on the Radio Link Budget. gives rise to Macro-Diversity Gains against
Log Normal Fading
In TDMA, there is simple slow Power
Control, which preserves Battery Life, and WCDMA requires that all MS Powers
ensures that the MS-BS Average received at the BS are equal. To achieve this
Interference power is kept in order. WCDMA employs fast power control to
counter Rayleigh fading. A Fast Power
Control Margin (or Headroom is needed for
Mobiles at the Cell Edge)

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.33

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets
Introduction

The Planning
Process Classical 2G Link Budgets

Polygons
UMTS Link Budget How It Differs
Site Placement
UMTS Uplink Link Budget
Antenna
Placement
UMTS Downlink Link Budget
Frequency
Planning

Forward
UMTS Link Budget Analysis
Capacity
Planning
Summary
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.34

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget

Tx Parameters Environment Parameters Rx Parameters

Log
Tx Antenna Body Penetration Path Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder Rx Rx
Power Gain Losses Losses Loss Fade Gain Gain Losses Power Sensitivity
Margin BTS

Tx Parameters Environment Parameters Rx Parameters

Log
Tx Antenna Body Penetration Path Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder Rx Rx
Power Gain Losses Losses Loss Fade Gain Gain Losses Power Sensitivity
Margin BTS

Log
Soft InterCell IntraCell Processing Eb/No
Normal
Handover Int. Int. Gain Target
Fade
Gain
Margin
Fast Fade
Margin

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.35

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget


Tx Parameters Environment Parameters Rx Parameters

Log
Tx Antenna Body Penetration Path Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder Rx Rx
Power Gain Losses Losses Loss Fade Gain Gain Losses Power Sensitivity
Margin BTS

Log
Soft InterCell IntraCell Processing Eb/No
Normal
Handover Int. Int. Gain Target
Fade
Gain
Tx +21dBm Margin
Power
Fast Fade
Margin

Rx Rx
-110dBm Power Sensitivity

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.36

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget

Log
Max
Rx Tx Antenna Body Penetration Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder
Path = -Sensitivity - Power - Gain + Losses + Losses + Fade - Gain - Gain + Losses
Loss
Margin

Log
Thermal Soft
Noise InterCell IntraCell Processing Eb/No Normal
Noise + Figure + Int. + Int. - Gain + Target Fade - Handover
Power Gain
Margin

Fast
Eb/No
Target - Fade
Margin

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.37

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget InterCell Interference

Log
Max
Rx Tx Antenna Body Penetration Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder
Path = -Sensitivity - Power - Gain + Losses + Losses + Fade - Gain - Gain + Losses
Loss
Margin

Log
Thermal Soft
Noise InterCell IntraCell Processing Eb/No Normal
Noise
Power
+ Figure + Int. + Int. - Gain + Target Fade - Handover
Gain
Margin

Fast
Eb/No
Target - Fade
Margin

Intercell Interference =
P .PL j j

j = mobiles in other cells, PL = Path Loss, P = Power

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.38

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget InterCell Interference

Log
Max
Rx Tx Antenna Body Penetration Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder
Path = -Sensitivity - Power - Gain + Losses + Losses + Fade - Gain - Gain + Losses
Loss
Margin

Log
Thermal Soft
Noise InterCell IntraCell Processing Eb/No Normal
Noise
Power
+ Figure + Int. + Int. - Gain + Target Fade - Handover
Gain
Margin

Fast
Eb/No
Target - Fade
Margin

Intracell Interference =
P .PL j j

j = mobiles in own cell, PL = Path Loss, P = Power

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.39

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Processing Gain

Mobile 1 Rx 1

Mobile 2 Rx 2

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.40

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

Linear Scaled Graphs Energy


(in 1Hz)
Frequency Domain

Despread
Signal
Power
= R x Eb Eb
10 -1 4 W
Power Spectral density (W/Hz) = Energy (J)

Wanted Signal Power = PSD x Bandwidth = 10 -14 Watts

Despread
Noise
Noise Power = PSD x Bandwidth = 10-13 Watts Power
R x No No
=
1.7.10-15 W

W = 3.84MHz R bps 1 Hz

Despread SNR = Eb/No = 7.8dB


RF SNR = 0.1 = -10dB
RF SNR x W/R =
0.1 x 3.84/0.64 =
6 = 7.8dB

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.41

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

Eb/No is a parameter to define


Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation and the Energy per User Information
Coherent Detection at Receiver Bit divided by the Noise Power
-5 0 5 10 15 20
Spectral Density.
1.00E+00
1.00E-01 There are Waterfall curves to
1.00E-02 characterise the trade-off
1.00E-03
between Eb/No against Bit Error
Rate (BER) for different
1.00E-04
1.00E-05
1.00E-06 Modulation Schemes.
1.00E-07


Pb (BER)

1.00E-08
SNR against BER (a more tangible
quantity) can be derived from
1.00E-09

SNR = Eb/No x Bit Rate/Noise


1.00E-10
1.00E-11
1.00E-12 Bandwidth.
1.00E-13
1.00E-14
Eb/No is a notional quantity it
can not be directly measured.
1.00E-15
1.00E-16


1.00E-17
Eb/No Eb/No is theoretically
independent of datarate

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.42

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

The Eb/No Waterfall curves


shown previously assumes a
Gaussian Radio Channel. That
is Perturbations of the Signal
(due to Noise or Fading) follow
Noise Gaussian Statistics.

We can generate these


Voltage

Signal Waterfall Curves from


Voltage Simulation (Eye Diagrams, and
Constellation Diagrams).
Diagram shows the
Constellation Diagram for
QPSK Signal with SNR=11dB
(Eb/No = 8dB). This gives us a
BER of about 0.0002 (1 Bit
Example of non -WCDMA QPSK Modulated Waveform Constellation.
Error in 5000).
SNR = 11dB
Eb/No = 8dB
2 bits/symbol
This is not a UMTS/WCDMA Waveform Demonstration

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.43

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No


1.50

1.00 Diagram shows the Temporal


0.50 Eye Diagram for QPSK Signal
with SNR=11dB (Eb/No = 8dB).
This gives us a BER of about
0.00

-0.50
0.0002 (1 Bit Error in 5000).
-1.00

The Four Colours correspond


to the 4 phase states as
-1.50
0

6
0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

2.4

2.8

3.2

3.6

4.4

4.8

5.2

5.6

6.4
shown in the Constellation
Diagram.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.44

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

Rayleigh Fading Radio Channel


Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation and
Coherent Detection at Receiver has significant impact upon
BER performance.
-5 0 5 10 15 20

Since Fast Fading goes


1.00E+00
1.00E-01
1.00E-02
through deep fades which are
Rayleigh Channel: Severely degraded BER
1.00E-03
1.00E-04 in fact Phase Reversals this
can flip a Symbols State.
1.00E-05
1.00E-06
1.00E-07

Fast Fading always


Pb (BER)

1.00E-08
1.00E-09
1.00E-10 experiences Phase Reversals,
1.00E-11
1.00E-12
regardless of SNR, or Eb/No.
1.00E-13 This results in the signal
always experiencing some
1.00E-14
1.00E-15
Gaussian Channel: Normal Eb/No vs. BER
1.00E-16 errors, which are irreducible.
1.00E-17
Eb/No

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.45

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

Eb/No Waterfall Curves can


Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation and
Coherent Detection at Receiver be improved by introducing
Error Correction Schemes at
the expense of reduced
-5 0 5 10 15 20

Rayleigh Channel
1.00E+00
1.00E-01
BER Without throughput.
Error Correction
1.00E-02

The effect of adding Error


1.00E-03
1.00E-04

Correction (part of the


1.00E-05
1.00E-06
1.00E-07
Channel Coding) is to
Pb (BER)

introduce a Knee in the


1.00E-08
1.00E-09
1.00E-10
Waterfall Curve such that
beyond a certain Eb/No
1.00E-11
1.00E-12 Rayleigh Channel
BER With
1.00E-13
Error Correction Errors can not be corrected
1.00E-14
Gaussian Channel
1.00E-15
BER With and the information collapses.
Error Correction Gaussian Channel
1.00E-16

BER Without
1.00E-17
Eb/No
Error Correction

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.46

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No


Base Station
Eb/No
Urban Suburban Rural
Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian Typical Uplink and Downlink Eb/No
8k Voice
LCD64
4.4
2.7
3.3
1.1
4.4
3.2
3.3
1.1
5.0
2.9
3.7
2.4
Values are shown left.
LCD144 1.7 0.5 1.7 0.5 2.2 0.5
LCD384
UDD64
2.0
2.0
0.7
0.7
2.7
2.7
1.4
1.4
3.0
3.0
2.2
1.2
Eb/No varies with:
UDD144
UDD384
0.9
0.9
0.7
-0.4
0.9
0.9
0.7
-0.4
2.2
1.6
1.5
-0.2 Up/Down Link

Urban Suburban Rural


Datarate
Mobile Eb/No
8k Voice
Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian
4.4 3.3 4.4 3.3 5.0 3.7 Channel Type (and Speed)
LCD64 2.7 1.1 3.2 1.1 2.9 2.4
LCD144
LCD384
1.7
1.7
0.5
0.4
1.7
1.7
0.5
0.4
2.2
2.2
0.5
1.2
QoS for Service
UDD64
UDD144
1.7
0.9
0.4
0.7
1.7
0.9
0.4
0.7
2.2
2.1
0.7
1.5 Fast Fading Power Control
UDD384 0.6 -0.7 0.6 -0.7 1.2 -0.5
Limits
Source: Nortel Networks Micro-diversity schemes
(such as Spatially separated
antennas)

Eb/No values are determined


through experiment or
simulations.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.47

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

Generally Speaking Eb/No is


Base Station Urban Suburban Rural
Eb/No Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian

higher for:
8k Voice 4.4 3.3 4.4 3.3 5.0 3.7
LCD64 2.7 1.1 3.2 1.1 2.9 2.4
LCD144 1.7 0.5 1.7 0.5 2.2 0.5

Delay intolerant services


LCD384 2.0 0.7 2.7 1.4 3.0 2.2
UDD64 2.0 0.7 2.7 1.4 3.0 1.2
UDD144 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.7 2.2 1.5

Lower Datarate Services


UDD384 0.9 -0.4 0.9 -0.4 1.6 -0.2

Higher Mobile Speeds


Urban Suburban Rural
Mobile Eb/No Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian
8k Voice 4.4 3.3 4.4 3.3 5.0 3.7

Higher Power Delay


LCD64 2.7 1.1 3.2 1.1 2.9 2.4
LCD144 1.7 0.5 1.7 0.5 2.2 0.5

Spread Environment
LCD384 1.7 0.4 1.7 0.4 2.2 1.2
UDD64 1.7 0.4 1.7 0.4 2.2 0.7
UDD144 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.7 2.1 1.5

Circuit Switched (LCD)


UDD384 0.6 -0.7 0.6 -0.7 1.2 -0.5

Source: Nortel Networks services over the same


datarate Packet
Switched (UDD) services
The Uplink (only for
Packet services)

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.48

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

Delay Intolerant Services


Base Station Urban Suburban Rural
Eb/No Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian

require a higher Eb/No than a


8k Voice 4.4 3.3 4.4 3.3 5.0 3.7
LCD64 2.7 1.1 3.2 1.1 2.9 2.4

similar more delay tolerant


LCD144 1.7 0.5 1.7 0.5 2.2 0.5
LCD384 2.0 0.7 2.7 1.4 3.0 2.2

QoS service. Assuming all


UDD64 2.0 0.7 2.7 1.4 3.0 1.2
UDD144 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.7 2.2 1.5

other factors are the same.


UDD384 0.9 -0.4 0.9 -0.4 1.6 -0.2

Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation and

Not many service examples


Coherent Detection at Receiver

but could be Voice compared


-5 0 5 10 15 20
1.00E+00
1.00E-01
1.00E-02
to Voice Messaging Service.
Eb/No = 5dB
1.00E-03

Not shown on table but the


BER = 10 -3
1.00E-04
Eb/No = 3.5dB

above applies for 64kbps


1.00E-05
BER = 10 -3
BER With
1.00E-06
1.00E-07
1.00E-08 Error Correction and being more delay tolerant than
20ms Interleaving
1.00E-09 8kbps Voice (assuming they
also had the same QoS BER)
1.00E-10
Pb (BER)
1.00E-11

BER With
1.00E-12
1.00E-13
Error Correction and
1.00E-14
1.00E-15 80ms Interleaving
1.00E-16
1.00E-17
Eb/No

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.49

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

Lower Datarate Services


Base Station Urban Suburban Rural
Eb/No Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian

generally require a higher


8k Voice 4.4 3.3 4.4 3.3 5.0 3.7
LCD64 2.7 1.1 3.2 1.1 2.9 2.4

Eb/No than a similar delay


LCD144 1.7 0.5 1.7 0.5 2.2 0.5
LCD384 2.0 0.7 2.7 1.4 3.0 2.2

tolerance, and QoS service.


UDD64 2.0 0.7 2.7 1.4 3.0 1.2
UDD144 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.7 2.2 1.5

Assuming all other factors are


UDD384 0.9 -0.4 0.9 -0.4 1.6 -0.2

Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation and


Coherent Detection at Receiver the same.

Service examples include say


-5 0 5 10 15 20
1.00E+00
1.00E-01
1.00E-02 Eb/No = 3dB FTP using different datarates.
1.00E-03 BER = 10 -4
1.00E-04
384kbps LCD requires higher
Eb/No than 144kbps. During
1.00E-05
Eb/No = 2dB
BER with coding
1.00E-06

Transport Formatting
BER = 10 -4
1.00E-07
gain due to 64kbps
Pb (BER)

1.00E-08
information rate
1.00E-09 puncturing is used to rate
match the 384kbps service,
1.00E-10
1.00E-11

BER with greater coding


1.00E-12
1.00E-13
whereas repetition is used for
1.00E-14gain
due to 144kbps
information rate
144kbps service.
1.00E-15
1.00E-16
1.00E-17
Eb/No

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.50

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

Services at higher mobile


Base Station Urban Suburban Rural
Eb/No Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian

speeds require a higher Eb/No


8k Voice 4.4 3.3 4.4 3.3 5.0 3.7
LCD64 2.7 1.1 3.2 1.1 2.9 2.4

than a the same service at a


LCD144 1.7 0.5 1.7 0.5 2.2 0.5
LCD384 2.0 0.7 2.7 1.4 3.0 2.2

lower speed.
UDD64 2.0 0.7 2.7 1.4 3.0 1.2
UDD144 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.7 2.2 1.5
UDD384 0.9 -0.4 0.9 -0.4 1.6 -0.2

Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation and


Coherent Detection at Receiver
Service examples include say
any two services at two
different mobile speeds.
-5 0 5 10 15 20
1.00E+00
1.00E-01

Fast Power Control provides


1.00E-02
Eb/No = 6dB
1.00E-03

some equalisation of a Fading


BER = 10 -3
1.00E-04
Eb/No = 5dB

Channel seen at the Base


1.00E-05
BER = 10 -3
Voice at 50km/h
1.00E-06
1.00E-07
Station. A fading channel can
Pb (BER)

1.00E-08
1.00E-09 be equalised when at low
mobile speeds. Less
1.00E-10
1.00E-11
1.00E-12
1.00E-13
Voice at 3km/h equalisation occurs at higher
1.00E-14
speeds.
1.00E-15
1.00E-16
1.00E-17
Eb/No

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.51

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

Services in Higher Power Delay


Base Station Urban Suburban Rural
Eb/No Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian
8k Voice
LCD64
4.4
2.7
3.3
1.1
4.4
3.2
3.3
1.1
5.0
2.9
3.7
2.4 Spread Environments require a
LCD144
LCD384
1.7
2.0
0.5
0.7
1.7
2.7
0.5
1.4
2.2
3.0
0.5
2.2
higher Eb/No than a the same
UDD64 2.0 0.7 2.7 1.4 3.0 1.2 service in a less dispersive
channel.
UDD144 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.7 2.2 1.5
UDD384 0.9 -0.4 0.9 -0.4 1.6 -0.2

Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation and


Coherent Detection at Receiver Service examples include say any
two services in two different
Multipath environments.
-5 0 5 10 15 20
1.00E+00
1.00E-01
1.00E-02
1.00E-03
Eb/No = 6dB In a less dispersive channel less
1.00E-04
Eb/No = 5dB
BER = 10 -3
chip energy is spread in time.
1.00E-05
BER = 10 -3 Although the Rake Receiver
Voice in Rural recovers energy for each chip
1.00E-06
1.00E-07
Pb (BER)

1.00E-08
spread in time, any chip energy
spread over over chip periods
1.00E-09
1.00E-10
1.00E-11 introduces inefficiencies.
Voice in Sub-urban
1.00E-12
1.00E-13
1.00E-14
1.00E-15
1.00E-16
1.00E-17
Eb/No

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.52

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

Circuit switched services require


Base Station Urban Suburban Rural
Eb/No Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian Mobility Pedestrian
8k Voice
LCD64
4.4
2.7
3.3
1.1
4.4
3.2
3.3
1.1
5.0
2.9
3.7
2.4 a higher Eb/No than a the same
LCD144
LCD384
1.7
2.0
0.5
0.7
1.7
2.7
0.5
1.4
2.2
3.0
0.5
2.2
datarate Packet Switched service.
UDD64 2.0 0.7 2.7 1.4 3.0 1.2 I.e. much higher delay tolerant
services can have a lower Eb/No.
UDD144 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.7 2.2 1.5
UDD384 0.9 -0.4 0.9 -0.4 1.6 -0.2

Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation and


Coherent Detection at Receiver Service examples include Video
Streaming using Circuit Switched
delivery and FTP using Packet
-5 0 5 10 15 20
1.00E+00
1.00E-01
Eb/No = 1dB Switched delivery.
64kbps UDD
1.00E-02
BER = 10 -3

1.00E-03
1.00E-04 Services which need to maintain a
certain delay need to be Circuit
1.00E-05 Eb/No =3 dB
BER = 10 -4 64kbps LCD
Switched. A Packet Switched
1.00E-06
1.00E-07
Pb (BER)

1.00E-08
Service can fundamentally have a
much lower BER and rely upon
1.00E-09
1.00E-10
1.00E-11 packet retransmissions when
Frame Errors are received.
1.00E-12
1.00E-13
1.00E-14
1.00E-15
1.00E-16
1.00E-17
Eb/No

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.53

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Eb/No

In the UMTS Link Budget we use Processing Gain as (Chip Rate/U ser
datarate). This loosely defines the Gain from WCDMA Processing or
Integration Gain, Channel Coding Gain, delay tolerance trade-off Gain, and
Interleaving Gains.

Different Coding schemes, Interleaving schemes, different Rake Receiver


performances, different mobile speeds could all be translated into the
following parameters for a Link Budget:
Coding Gain
Interleaving Gain
Rake Receiver Gain
Fast Power Control Gain
Delay trade-off Gains

We do not use such individual gains as the Link Budget would become more
complex. Instead we use the loose definition of Processing Gain as above and
variations in actual Gain due to environment, channel coding, etc. are taken into
account in the Target Eb/No value.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.54

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Fast Fading Margin

Four reasons to have Fast


Power Control:
Example Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation an d
Coherent Detection at Receiver using Error Correction & Interleaving

-5 0 5 10 15 20
All Users received
equally and makes most
1.00E+00
1.00E-01
1.00E-02
efficient use of WCDMA
resource
1.00E-03
1.00E-04 Improvement in Eb/No
from Fast Fading to
Preserves Battery Life
1.00E-05
1.00E-06 Gaussian Channel


1.00E-07
Minimises Intercell
Pb (BER)

1.00E-08
1.00E-09
1.00E-10
Interference
Provides Fast Power
1.00E-11
1.00E-12 Rayleigh Channel
1.00E-13 BER With Gain. Eb/No is improved.
1.00E-14 Gaussian Channel Error Correction
BER With dB Improvement depends upon
1.00E-15

Error Correction
1.00E-16
1.00E-17 QoS or Ref. BER, Error
Eb/No
Correction Scheme, datarate,
and ability to compensate Fast
Fading.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.55

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Fast Fading Margin

Uplink Eb/No Values with and without


Fast Power Control Here are some values taken from
Without Fast With Fast Gain from Fast
WCDMA for UMTS.
Multipath Channel Power Control Power Control Power Control
ITU Pedestrian A 3km/h
ITU Vehicular 3 km/h
11.3dB
8.5dB
5.5dB
6.7dB
5.8dB
1.8dB Required Eb/No Values for:
ITU Vehicular 50 km/h 6.8dB 7.3dB -0.5dB
ITU Pedestrian A 3km/h
WCDMA for UMTS, P.189
Radio Channel Fading profile ITU vehicular A 3 km/h
20

15
ITU vehicular A 50 km/h
10

With and Without Fast Fading


5

Power Control. 1dB Steps for Fast


0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
-5

Power Control.
-10

-15

-20

Assumes that Mobile Power is not


limited by any Max Power Output.
Fast Power Control

20

15

Voice 8kbps with FER=1% and


10

0
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
10ms interleaving. 2 -Path Receiver
Diversity at BS.
-5

-10

-15

-20

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.56

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Fast Fading Margin


PathLoss

25


20

Similar example to WCDMA for 15

UMTS Page 201.


10

dB
5

As we approach the Cell Edge, -5

Path Loss increases


-10
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
Fast Power Control

25

Fast Power Control becomes 20

Power Limited
15

10

dBm
5

Unable to compensate for Fading


0

-5

Channel Errors introduced -10


0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
Target Eb/No

Target Eb/No increases to 14

maintain QoS
12
Fast
Fading
10

8
Margin

dB
Difference between Cell Edge and
6

Not Cell Edge Eb/No represents


2

Fast Fading Margin (or Fast


0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
Received Quality - Frame Errors

Fading Power Control Gain) 1.4

1.2

1.0
Frame Errors

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

-0.2

4.1.57
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Fast Fading Margin

Target Eb/No

14
High Eb/No
Example Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation an d 12
Coherent Detection at Receiver using Error Correction & Interleaving
10 Fast
Fading
-5 0 5 10 15 20 8
Margin
Low Eb/No

dB
1.00E+00 6

4
1.00E-01
2
1.00E-02
0
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
1.00E-03
1.00E-04 Improvement in Eb/No
1.00E-05 from Fast Fading to
1.00E-06 Gaussian Channel
1.00E-07
Pb (BER)

1.00E-08
1.00E-09
1.00E-10
1.00E-11
1.00E-12 Rayleigh Channel
1.00E-13 BER With
1.00E-14 Gaussian Like Channel Error Correction
BER With
1.00E-15

Error Correction
1.00E-16
1.00E-17
Eb/No

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.58

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Example


12.2 kbps voice service (120 km/h, in-car)

Transmitter (mobile)
Max. mobile transmission power [W] 0.125
As above in dBm 21.0 a
Mobile antenna gain [dBi] 0.0 b
Body Loss [dB] 3.0 c
Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) [dBm] 18.0 d = a + b -c

Receiver (base station)


Thermal noise density [dBm/Hz] -174.0 e
Base station receiver noise figure [dB] 5.0 f
Receiver noise density [dBm/Hz] -169.0 g=e+f
Receiver noise power [dBm] -103.2 h = g + 10Log10(3840000)
Interference margin [dB] 3.0 i
Receiver interference power [dBm] -103.2 j = 10Log10(10^((h+I)/10)-10^(h/10))
Total effective noise + interference [dBm] -100.1 k = 10Log10(10^(h/10)+10^(j/10))
Processing gain [dB] 25.0 l = 10Log10(3840/12.2)
Required Eb/No [dB] 5.0 m
Receiver Sensitivity [dBm] -120.1 n=m-l+k

Base station antenna gain [dBi] 18.0 o


Cable loss in the base station [dB] 2.0 p
Fast fading margin [dB] 0.0 q
Max. path loss [dB] 154.1 r=d-n+o-p-q

Coverage probability [%] 95.0


Log normal fading constant [dB] 7.0
Propagation model exponent 3.5
Log normal fading margin [dB] 7.3 s
Soft handover gain [dB], multi-cell 3.0 t
In-car loss [dB] 8.0 u

Allowed propagation loss for cell range [dB] 141.8 v=r-s+t-u

Ref: WCDMA for UMTS, Page 157


NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.59

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Example


144 kbps real time data (3km/h, indoor)

Transmitter (mobile)
Max. mobile transmission power [W] 0.25
As above in dBm 24.0 a
Mobile antenna gain [dBi] 2.0 b
Body Loss [dB] 0.0 c
Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) [dBm] 26.0 d = a + b -c

Receiver (base station)


Thermal noise density [dBm/Hz] -174.0 e
Base station receiver noise figure [dB] 5.0 f
Receiver noise density [dBm/Hz] -169.0 g=e+f
Receiver noise power [dBm] -103.2 h = g + 10Log10(3840000)
Interference margin [dB] 3.0 i
Receiver interference power [dBm] -103.2 j = 10Log10(10^((h+I)/10)-10^(h/10))
Total effective noise + interference [dBm] -100.1 k = 10Log10(10^(h/10)+10^(j/10))
Processing gain [dB] 14.3 l = 10Log10(3840/144)
Required Eb/No [dB] 1.5 m
Receiver Sensitivity [dBm] -112.9 n=m-l+k

Base station antenna gain [dBi] 18.0 o


Cable loss in the base station [dB] 2.0 p
Fast fading margin [dB] 4.0 q
Max. path loss [dB] 150.9 r=d-n+o-p-q

Coverage probability [%] 80.0


Log normal fading constant [dB] 12.0
Propagation model exponent 3.5
Log normal fading margin [dB] 4.2 s
Soft handover gain [dB], multi-cell 2.0 t
Indoor loss [dB] 15.0 u

Allowed propagation loss for cell range [dB] 133.7 v=r-s+t-u

Ref: WCDMA for UMTS, Page 158


NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.60

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget Difference to Uplink

The Downlink Link Budget Dilemma!


Downlink Range is highly dependent upon all the Mobiles Positions
and their individual Power Consumptions from the Base Station

Uplink Downlink
Range Uplink Range
Range

Downlink
Range

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.61

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Load factor

Firstly lets define some key Variables; Uplink Load Factor


Ihc = Intracell Interference Interference seen from Home Cell users
Ioc = Intercell Interference Interference seen from Other Cells users Often after Cell Range has
P N = Thermal Noise seen by Base Station
i = I oc / (I hc + PN) been calculated the Cell
Itotal = Total Interference = (Ihc + Ioc + PN) Capacity is estimated.
(Eb/N o) j = Energy per user bit/Noise Power Spectral Density of user j
The Frequency Re-use of
Rj = Bit Rate of user j
j = Activity Rate of user j WCDMA system is 1:1, and is
P j = Received Power of User j at Base Station typically interference limited
W = Chip Rate (=3,840,000 cps)
which affects both Range and
Capacity through the Cell
(E b/No)1
P1
Loading.
1
R1 The theoretical spectral
efficiency of a WCDMA cell
can be calculated from the
load equation whose derivation
is shown on the following
slides.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.62

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Load factor


We first define Eb/No as;

(E b N O )j = Processing Gain of user j


Received Power from user j
Total received Power (excl.own signal)
Pj
(E b NO ) j =
W

j Rj I total Pj

Where I total is the total received wideband Power from all users in the home cell, plus all users in other cells, and
Thermal Noise in the Base Station. Itotal = (Ihc + Ioc + P N)
Rearranging the above Equation gives;

1
Pj = I total
W
1+
( Eb NO ) j R j j

We now define P j = Lj.(Ihc,+ P N) which expresses the Power Received from user j as a function of the Intracell
Interference caused by the process of Cell Loading, Ihc, and the the individual Cell Load contribution from user j.
If we also define;
other cell interference I oc
i= =
own cell interference I hc + PN

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.63

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Load factor


We can express;
I oc = i (I hc + PN )

Using our definition of P j = Lj.(Ihc,+ P N) then we obtain the individual Load Factor, Lj through the following derivation:

1
Pj = (I hc + I oc + PN )
W
1+
(Eb N O ) j Rj j

1
Pj = ( I hc + i ( I hc + PN ) + PN )
W
1+
( Eb N O ) j Rj j

1
Pj = (1 +i)
1
(I hc + PN ) L j = (1 + i )
W
W 1+
1+
(E b N O )j R j j (Eb N O ) j Rj j

The Total received Interference, I total , excluding Thermal Noise PN can be expressed as the Sum of Powers
Received from all M users in the home Cell as;
M
( I oc + I hc + PN ) PN = I oc + L j ( I hc + PN )
j

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.64

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Load factor


M
( I oc + I hc + PN ) PN = I oc + L j ( I hc + PN )
j

Which can be expressed as;


M
( I hc + PN ) i + (I hc + PN ) PN = (I hc + PN ) i + L j ( I hc + PN )
j

M
PN
1 = Lj
( I hc + PN ) j

1 ( I hc + PN )
M
=
1 L j
PN
j
The Noise Rise seen by a Base Station is defined as the ratio of Total received wideband Power to the Thermal
Noise Power, as;
I total I oc + ( I hc + PN ) ( I hc + PN ) (1 +i) (1 + i)
NoiseRise = = = M
= M
1 Lj 1 L j
PN PN
j j
Where we define UL as the sum of all individual user load factors or the whole Uplink Load Factor;
M
UL = L j
j =1

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.65

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Load factor


When UL approaches 1, the corresponding Noise Rise in the Home Cell approaches infinity and the system has reached
Pole Capacity.

The Uplink Load Factor can then be written as;



UL = (1 + i)
M
1
W
j =1
1 +
( Eb NO ) j Rj j

Finally, we can state that the Noise Rise (in dB terms) is equal to:

Noise Rise (dB) = 10 Log10 (1 UL )

Uplink Load Factor Used to predict the Noise Rise above


Thermal Noise due to Intracell and Intercell Interference.

i is a function of Environment (Urban, Rural) and Cell


Isolation (Macro, Micro), Antenna Pattern, Site
Sectorisation, and Antenna downtilt.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.66

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Load factor

If all M users in Cell were using the same type of service,


then Eb/No, Activity Rate, and Bit Rate would be the same.
In this case we can state that the Uplink Load Factor, UL
can be expressed as:
M
E R j Eb R
UL (1 +i) b j UL M (1 +i )
j N o j W No W

Quite High Intercell Interference Lower Intercell Interference Higher Intercell Interference
Limited Capacity Higher Capacity Higher Capacity (But not 2x)
Good Handover Regions - resilient Poorer Handover Regions less resilient Good Handover Regions - resilient

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.67

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Load factor

Question 1

Calculate a Cells Uplink Capacity


given the following:
Max Noise Rise = 3dB
All Voice Users AMR Speech
at 8kbps
Vehicular environment at
3km/h meaning that
Eb/No = 6dB
Chip Rate = 3.84Mcps
Activity Factor = 0.67
i = 0.5
No Soft handover activity What Capacity
All mobiles within FPC
dynamics (Mbps) ?

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.68

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Load factor

Question 2

Calculate a Cells Uplink Capacity


given the following:
Max Noise Rise = 3dB
All Packet Data services at
144kbps
Indoor environment at
0km/h meaning that
Eb/No = 0.5dB
Chip Rate = 3.84Mcps
Activity Factor = 1
i = 0.2
No Soft handover activity What Capacity
All mobiles within FPC
dynamics (Mbps) ?

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.69

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Noise Rise

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.70

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Noise Rise

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.71

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Noise Rise

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.72

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Noise Rise

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.73

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Noise Rise

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.74

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Noise Rise

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.75

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Noise Rise

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.76

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Noise Rise

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.77

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Uplink Noise Rise

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.78

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Coverage/Capacity

Uplink Noise Rise as a function of


data throughput (similar to
WCDMA for UMTS, page 163).
Uplink Noise Rise as function of Uplink data Throughput and

Assumes:
Intercell Interference
10
i
9
10% Eb/No = 1.5dB
8 25%
7 50%
75%
i = 10% to 90%
Noise Rise (dB)

LCD144 Users
6 90%

4
50% Cell Load = 3dB Intracell
3
Interference Rise
2

1 Intercell Interference limits Pole


0 Capacity (by adding Interference)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

Intracell Interference limits


Throughput (kbps)

range (by adding dBs to the Link)

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.79

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Uplink Link Budget Coverage/Capacity

Uplink Range as a function of data


throughput (similar to WCDMA
for UMTS, page 166).

Assumes:
UMTS Uplink Cell Range vs. Cell Capacity

1.4 Eb/No = 1.5dB


1.2
i = 10% to 90%
1
i LCD144 Users
Range (km)

0.8
10%
0.6 25%
0.4 50% 50% Cell Load = 3dB Intracell
0.2
75%
90%
Interference Rise
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Intercell Interference limits Pole
Capacity (by adding Interference)
Cell Throughput/Capacity (bps)

Intracell Interference limits


range (by adding dBs to the Link)

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.80

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Fast Power Control

Why do we have Fast Power Control?


Example Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation an d
Coherent Detection at Receiver using Error Correction & Interleaving
We apply Fast Power Control on Uplink
-5 0 5 10 15 20 and Downlink as it provides system Gain
1.00E+00
1.00E-01 If we didnt have Fast Power Control we
1.00E-02
1.00E-03
would have an instantaneously varying
1.00E-04 Eb/No value which dictates a varying
1.00E-05 BER
1.00E-06 Improvement in Eb/No
from Fast Fading to
We would ride up and down the yellow
1.00E-07
Gaussian Channel
Pb (BER)

1.00E-08
1.00E-09 curve
1.00E-10
1.00E-11
Rayleigh Fading has deep fades we
would have a severe average BER
1.00E-12
1.00E-13 Gaussian Like Channel
1.00E-14 BER With
1.00E-15 Error Correction This riding up and down is equivalent to
1.00E-16
the Green Curve
1.00E-17
Eb/No

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.81

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Fast Power Control

Example Probability of Bit Error (or BER) for QPSK Modulation an d


Required Eb/No values with and without Fast Power Control
Coherent Detection at Receiver using Error Correction & Interleaving
Slow Power Fast power Gain From Fast
dB
Control Only Control (1.5KHz) Power Control
-5 0 5 10 15 20
ITU Pedestrian A 3km/h 11.3 5.5 5.8
1.00E+00
ITU Vehicular A 3km/h 8.5 6.7 1.8
ITU Vehicular A 50km/h 6.8 7.3 -0.5 1.00E-01
1.00E-02
Required Tx Powers with and without Fast Power Control 1.00E-03
Slow Power Fast power Gain From Fast 1.00E-04
dB
Control Only Control (1.5KHz) Power Control 1.00E-05
ITU Pedestrian A 3km/h 11.3 7.7 3.6
Equivalent
1.00E-06 Gain from
Fast Power Control
ITU Vehicular A 3km/h 8.5 7.5 1
ITU Vehicular A 50km/h 6.8 7.6 -0.8
1.00E-07
BER Curve without

Pb (BER)
1.00E-08
Fast Power Control
1.00E-09
(Rayleigh Channel Like)
1.00E-10
1.00E-11
1.00E-12
1.00E-13 BER Curve with
1.00E-14
Fast Power Control
1.00E-15
(Gaussian Channel Like)
1.00E-16
1.00E-17
Eb/No

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.82

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Fast Power Control


Channel Propagation Loss
Radio Channel Fading profile

20

15

10

0 Local Mean = 0dBm

0.5
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4

0.6
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
-5

-10

-15

-20

+
Mobile Station Power Fast Power Control

20

15

10

5
This Distribution has a Different Average Value

0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
Average Power Rise ~ 2-5dB

0
0
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
-5 due to Fast Power Control
-10

-15 The Average Power Rise depends upon:


dynamic range of Tx Power

=
-20

Maximum Tx Power
Degree of Fading
Received Power
20

15

10

0
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
Equalised Channel Gaussian Like
-5

-10

-15

-20

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.83

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Fast Power Control

The Average Power Rise


xdB Power Rise needs to be considered from this MS when
determining Intercell Interference to the Centre BS
caused by Fast Power Control
needs to be considered in
network level calculations.
It can be demonstrated that
the average power rise raises
Power Rises from the
MSs connected to the the average interference at a
Centre BS do not need
to be considered when
Home Base Station.
dimensioning the range
of the Centre BS The power rise doesnt raise
the average Interference to
ydB Power Rise needs to be considered from this MS when
determining Intercell Interference to the Centre BS
the Home BS from the MSs
connected to the Home BS.
The power rise does raise the
average Interference to the
Home BS from the MSs
connected to other BSs.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.84

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Fast Power Control


Fast Power
Fast Power Control ON
Control OFF
Average Average Average Power
Maximum Speed
Received Eb/No Received Eb/No Rise
3km/h 13.1 4.9 2.1
10km/h 11.5 5.7 2
20km/h 9.7 6 1.6
50km/h 7.9 6 0.8
140km/h 6.5 6.3 0.2
Source: IEEE

Simulated Average MS Tx Power Rise as a function Theoretical Average MS Tx Power Rise as a


of Speed for Rx Diversity with 12.5dB Branch function of diversity, relative difference of Rx
Power Difference Branch powers for MS at 3km/h

Source: WCDMA for UMTS

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.85

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Fast Power Control


If we recall, for all services equal (I.e. all Voice), we Fast Power Fast Power
can express the Uplink Load Factor as a function of the Control OFF Control ON
number of service subscribers, M, the Service Eb/No, Capacity at 75% Capacity at 75%
service activity ratio, and Other to Own Cell Maximum Speed
Load (No. of Load (No. of
Interference Ratio, i Connections Connections
without FPC) with FPC)
3km/h 13 91
Eb R 10km/h 20 77
UL M (1 +i) 20km/h 32 75
No W 50km/h 52 81
140km/h 76 79

This can be re -arranged as;

1
M UL
E R
(1 +i ) b
No W
If we assume that:
Eb/No = values in previous slide table
n = 0.67
R = 8kbps
W = 3.84Mcps
i = 0.55 x average Tx Power Rise in previous
slide table
(remember to use linear quantities!)

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.86

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets
Introduction

The Planning
Process Classical 2G Link Budgets

Polygons
UMTS Link Budget How It Differs
Site Placement
UMTS Uplink Link Budget
Antenna
Placement
UMTS Downlink Link Budget
Frequency
Planning

Forward
UMTS Link Budget Analysis
Capacity
Planning
Summary
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.87

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget


1 2
Downlink Downlink
Uplink Range Uplink Range
Range Range

3 4
Uplink Downlink Uplink Downlink
Range Range Range Range

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.88

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget


Other Other
Users Users
Uplinks Locations

Base Power Power Power


Station Consumed Consumed Consumed
Max. -In Common- For -By Other
Power Channels Handovers Users

Log
Max Penetr-
Rx Tx Antenna Body Normal Antenna Diversity Feeder
Path
Loss
= -Sensitivity - Power - Gain + Losses + ation
Losses
+ Fade - Gain - Gain + Losses
Margin

Log
Thermal Soft
Noise InterCell IntraCell Processing Eb/No Normal
Noise + Figure + Int. + Int. - Gain + Target Fade - Handover
Power Gain
Margin

Fast
Eb/No
Target - Fade
Margin

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.89

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget

Downlink Range is dependent upon:


Usual Link Parameters (Losses, Gains, etc.)
Intracell Interference (from other user channels on base site)
Intercell Interference (from other base sites)
Available Downlink Power, which depends upon
Current Power Consumption, which depends upon
The number of mobiles
Their Eb/No Downlink Targets
Their Datarates
Their Activity Factors
Their locations (distances from Base Site)
etc, etc.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.90

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget


Equal Distribution
Uplink Downlink We can not show the Downlink
Range Range as a Spreadsheet Link Budget.
We need to know all mobile
positions to be able to model
the downlink.
We can use some assumptions,
like assuming that all mobiles
are at the cell edge, or are
somehow equally distributed.
Edge Distribution
Uplink Even with such assumptions
Range
the Link Budget becomes a
complex task.
Note that WCDMA for
Downlink UMTS does not present the
Range
Downlink Link Budget.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.91

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget Intracell Interference

In the Downlink the Intracell Interference is different.


The Uplink is Asynchronous
In the Uplink the Air Interface uses the OVSF Tree to
allocate different datarates for a particular user, and
therefore datarate can change on a frame by frame basis.
In the Uplink the Air Interface uses the Scrambling codes to
separate different uses in the same Cell.
Scrambling codes are of equal length and have good cross-
correlation properties (time shifted versions have low cross-
correlation values).
As Uplink is Asynchronous we will receive time shifted
versions of the Scrambling Codes due to unsynchronised
access, and dispersion in the radio channel.
In the Uplink we preserve Orthogonality between users due to
the properties of the Scrambling code. We do not have to
consider Interference due to degraded Orthogonality.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.92

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget Intracell Interference

In the Downlink the Intracell Interference is different.


The Downlink is Synchronous
In the Downlink there is only one OVSF Tree and the Air
Interface uses the OVSF Tree to separate different users in
the same Cell.
In the Downlink the Air Interface uses rate adaptation and
discontinuous transmission to cater for different datarates
for a particular user.
In the Downlink the Air Interface uses the Scrambling Codes
to separate different Cells in the network.
OVSF codes are have poor cross-correlation properties (time
shifted versions have high cross-correlation values).
Orthogonality is only preserved when not time shifted, and
hence the need for the Downlink to be Synchronised.
Dispersion in the Radio Channel can cause Energy to be time
shifted and hence degrade Orthogonality between different
users channels on the Downlink.
NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.93

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget Load Factor


Through a similar process the Downlink Load Factor,DL can be derived and
the Downlink Load Factor can be written as;

M
E R
DL [(1 j ) + i j ] b j j

j No j W

As with the Uplink Load Equation, we can state that the Noise Rise (in dB terms) is equal to:

Noise Rise (dB) = 10 Log10 (1 DL )

The form of the Downlink Load Equation is similar to the Uplink Load Equation shown earlier. The key differences lie
in the new parameters:

i j = Ratio of Other Cell to Own Cell Power, received by User j. This is dependent upon position of user j.
j = Orthogonality of user j. This is dependent upon local Multipath channel for user j.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.94

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget Load Factor

Uplink
Ranges
Downlink
Range

User 1 User 2 New User

Might see certain Intercell Interference Might see certain Intercell Interference Will see different Intercell Interference
from this position and result in certain i1 from this position and result in certain i2 From different positions and result in
(Yellow Lines) (Yellow Lines) different inew

Might see certain Intracell Interference Might see certain Intracell Interference Will see different Intracell Interference
from this position and result in certain 1 from this position and result in certain 2 from different positions and result in
(From all other channels on home Cell) (From all other channels on home Cell) different new

This results in a certain Noise Rise for This results in a certain Noise Rise for This results in a different Noise Rises for
user 1s position and dictate a certain user 2s position and dictate a certain different New user positions and dictates
maximum Link Range based upon available maximum Link Range based upon available different Maximum Link Range based upon
Downlink Power Downlink Power available Downlink Power

What we might see is not a Circle of Maximum


Coverage, but more of a complex polygon which
Changes shape as users move around!
NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.95

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget Load Factor


In WCDMA for UMTS the average Downlink Load Factor is presented, based upon using average values for the
Orthogonality factors, aj, and Other Cell to Own Cell Powers, ij. This results in a modified equation as:

[( ) ]
M
E Rj
DL 1 + i b j
j
N o j
W

If all M users in the Cell were using the same type of service, then Eb/No, Activity Rate, and Bit Rate would be the same.
In this case we can state that the Average Downlink Load Factor, DL can be expressed as:

[( ) ]
DL 1 + i M
Eb R

No W

Uplink
Ranges
Downlink
Range

Image illustrates what the Downlink Range might be given a Cell Averaged
Orthogonality factor, , and Averaged Other Cell/Own Cell Interference ratio, I
across all M users in the cell.

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.96

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget Coverage/Capacity


Downlink Noise Rise as a Function of Downlink Data Throughput and
i for = 0.6 (ITU Vehicular A Channel)
avg

20 Downlink Noise Rise as a function of


18
16
data throughput.

Assumes:
14
Noise Rise (dB)

12
Average i
10
8 10%
Eb/No = 5.5dB
User Average i = 10% to 90%
25%
6
50%
4


75%
2 90% LCD144 Users
0
0 1000 2000 3000
Throughput (kbps)
4000 5000 6000
User Average = 0.6 and 0.9

Downlink Noise Rise as a Function of Downlink Data Throughput and 50% Cell Load = 3dB Intracell
20.00
i for avg = 0.9 (ITU Pedestrian A Channel)
Interference Rise

Intercell Interference (from iavg ) and


18.00
16.00
14.00 Intracell Orthogonality (from avg)
Noise Rise (dB)

12.00
Average i limits Pole Capacity (by adding
10.00
Interference)
8.00 10%


25%
Intracell Interference (additional
6.00
50%
4.00
2.00
75%
90%
throughput) limits range (by adding
0.00 Noise Rise dBs to the Link)
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Throughput (kbps)

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.97

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget Coverage/Capacity


UMTS Downlink Range as a function of Capacity and Average User i

6
for = 0.6 (ITU Vehicular Channel A)
avg

Downlink Range as a function of data


5
throughput.
10%

4
25%
Assumes:
Range (km)

50%

BS Power = 20W
75%
3 90%

Average i
2
Eb/No = 5.5dB
User Average i = 10% to 90%
1


0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 LCD144 Users
Throughput (kbps)
User Average = 0.6 and 0.9
UMTS Downlink Range as a function of Capacity and Average User i

6
for = 0.9 (ITU Pedestrian Channel A)
avg

50% Cell Load = 3dB Intracell


5
Interference Rise
10%

4
25%
Intercell Interference (from iavg ) and
Range (km)

Intracell Orthogonality (from avg)


50%
75%

limits Pole Capacity (by adding


3 90%

2 Average i Interference)

Intracell Interference (additional


1

0 throughput) limits range (by adding


Noise Rise dBs to the Link)
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Throughput (kbps)

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.98

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget Coverage/Capacity

UMTS Uplink and Downlink Range as a function of Uplink and Downlink Uplink and Downlink range as a
function of capacity, or throughput,
Capacity
3.00

2.50
are shown together.
Downlink
The Graphs are based upon the
Cell Radius (km)

2.00

1.50 example shown in WCDMA for


Uplink UMTS page 166.
1.00

0.50 LCD144 Services

Uplink:
0.00
0 500 1000 1500
Load (kbps)

Eb/No = 1.5dB
UMTS Uplink and Downlink Range as a function of Uplink and Downlink

3.00
Capacity
i = 0.65
Downlink Coverage/Capacity values for
combinations of User Positions, and Cell Loading
2.50
I.e. due to User Movement and Loading Downlink:

Cell Radius (km)

Eb/No = 5.5dB
2.00


1.50
iavg = 0.8
1.00

0.50 avg = 0.6


Uplink Coverage/Capacity values for
combinations of Cell Loading.
0.00
0 500 1000 1500
Load (kbps)

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.99

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Downlink Link Budget Coverage/Capacity

UMTS Uplink and Downlink Range as a function of Uplink and Downlink


Capacity
In WCDMA/UMTS there
3.00
exists a whole range of
2.50
possible Capacity and
Coverage combinations, based
Cell Radius (km)

2.00
Downlink
1.50
upon Service Mixes, user
1.00
Uplink speeds, Interference
0.50 Geometry, User Positions,
0.00
0 500 1000 1500
Channel Multipath, etc, etc.
Load (kbps)

In contrast with GSM there


exists essentially one
GSM Uplink and Downlink Range as a function of Uplink and Downlink
Capacity

Capacity/Coverage point, and


3.00

is not dependent upon user


2.50
Cell Radius (km)

Downlink
locations, Service mix, user
2.00

Uplink
speeds, etc.
1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00
0 500 1000 1500
Load (kbps)

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.100

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets
Introduction

The Planning
Process Classical 2G Link Budgets

Polygons
UMTS Link Budget How It Differs
Site Placement
UMTS Uplink Link Budget
Antenna
Placement
UMTS Downlink Link Budget
Frequency
Planning

Forward
UMTS Link Budget Analysis
Capacity
Planning
Summary
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.101

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Soft(er) Handover


Handover Area where Downlink
Pilot Power is within xdB of
each other and within Range

75% 75%
Load Range Load Range

Large Handover Area = Good Small Handover Area = Poor


Resilience for MS at cell edge, given Resilience for MS at cell edge, given
that Cell can breathe, but lower that Cell can breathe, but higher
capacity capacity

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.102

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Soft(er) Handover


From the previous slides we showed that the
Downlink Load Factor Equation was, for M
users:
Soft Handover
[( ) ]
M
E R j
DL 1 + i b j Areas
j
N o j W
Which could be re -arranged, assuming all
services were the same, as:

[( ) ]
DL 1 + i M
Eb R

No W

Given that some links will be in SHO, that is


supporting connections in other cells, the real
capacity of a Cell should be based upon M users,
where M is in fact the number of links, and the
capacity of the cell = M-SHO Overhead. Where,
SHO Overhead is the number of links
supporting SHO to other cells. The SHO is
approximately equal to the number of SHOs/2
for a two cell SHO.

Although the Centre cell is say at its maximum loading of say 75%, it has 5
connections of say 144kbps LCD users. The Downlink Load Equation would suggest
that the cell has a capacity of 144 x 5 = 0.72Mbps. In fact the cell is supporting 3
SHO connections with other cells. We could say that on average 1.5 connections
are used to support other cells which make the Centre Cell Capacity = 0.72Mbps
1.5x144kbps = 0.5Mbps

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.103

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Soft(er) Handover

Some Link Level simulator results


for analysing Soft Handover Gains
in Uplink and Downlink based upon
IEEE Paper.

Various Mobile Speeds were


studied (3, 10, 20, 50, and
140km/h) for ITU Vehicular and
ITU Pedestrian Channels.

Also, the Fast Power Control


User bit Rate 8kbps Headroom for Mobiles at the Cell
Edge were studied when in Soft
DPDCH
Spreading Factor 128 (32kbps)
Coding block in bits
CRC bits
80
16
Handover
Tail bits 8
Channel Coding Conv Code (1,3,9)
Rate Matching Repetition 312->320
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 15/16 Uplink DCH
Interleaving Depth 10ms
DPCCH
Spreading Factor 256 (16kbps)
Pilot bits in slot 6
Power bits in slot 2
DPDCH
Power control bits in slot 2
Rate Information bits in slot 2 DPCCH
Power Difference (DPCCH-DPDCH) -3dB
2560 Chips
Fast Power Control step size 1dB
Power Control Rate 1.6kHz
Power Control Dynamic Range 70dB
NB: This Simulator based upon original 4.096Mcps UTRA proposal
NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.104

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Soft(er) Handover


SHO Gains in Received Power for ITU Pedestrian A Channel
Downlink SHO Gains for 2-BS SHO for ITU Pedestrian A Channel
Level difference between SHO Links (dB)
3.0
0 3 6 10 Single Link

SHO Gain over single link case


2.5
Speed Received
(km/h) SHO Gain in Received Power (dB) Eb/No (dB) 2.0 3 km/h
3 km/h 1.6 0.7 0.3 0.1 4.9 10 km/h
1.5
10 km/h 1.6 1.0 0.5 0.0 5.7 20 km/h
20 km/h 1.7 0.8 0.3 0.0 6.0 1.0 50 km/h
50 km/h 1.4 0.5 0.2 0.0 6.0 0.5 140 km/h
140 km/h 1.3 0.1 0.1 0.0 6.3
0.0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Difference in Tx and Rx Eb/No =
dB difference between SHO Links
Fast Power Control Average Power Rise

SHO Gains in Transmitted Power for ITU Pedestrian A Channel Uplink SHO Gains for 2-BS SHO for ITU Pedestrian A Channel
Level difference between SHO Links (dB) 3.0

SHO Gain over single link case


0 3 6 10 Single Link
2.5
2.0 3 km/h
Speed Transmitted
10 km/h
(km/h) SHO Gain in Received Power (dB) Eb/No (dB) 1.5
3 km/h 2.7 1.4 0.6 0.1 7.0 20 km/h
10 km/h 2.7 1.7 1.0 0.1 7.7 1.0 50 km/h
20 km/h 2.4 1.2 0.5 0.1 7.5 0.5 140 km/h
50 km/h 1.7 0.7 0.2 0.0 6.8 0.0
140 km/h 1.3 0.1 0.1 0.0 6.5 0 2 4 6 8 10
dB difference between SHO Links

Full Transmit Power Control Dynamics

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.105

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Soft(er) Handover


SHO Gains in Received Power for ITU Vehicular A Channel Downlink SHO Gains for 2-BS SHO for ITU Vehicular A Channel
Level difference between SHO Links (dB)
3.0
0 3 6 10 Single Link

SHO Gain over single link case


2.5
Speed Received
(km/h) SHO Gain in Received Power (dB) Eb/No (dB) 2.0 3 km/h
3 km/h 1.1 0.3 0.1 0.0 6.0 10 km/h
1.5
10 km/h 1.2 0.4 0.2 0.0 6.3 20 km/h
20 km/h 0.7 0.2 0.1 0.0 6.1 1.0 50 km/h
50 km/h 0.8 0.1 0.0 0.0 6.2 0.5 140 km/h
140 km/h 1.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 6.6
0.0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Difference in Tx and Rx Eb/No =
dB difference between SHO Links
Fast Power Control Average Power Rise

Downlink SHO Gains for 2-BS SHO for ITU Vehicular A Channel
SHO Gains in Transmitted Power for ITU Vehicular A Channel
Level difference between SHO Links (dB) 3.0

SHO Gain over single link case


0 3 6 10 Single Link 2.5
2.0 3 km/h
Speed Received 10 km/h
(km/h) SHO Gain in Received Power (dB) Eb/No (dB) 1.5
20 km/h
3 km/h 1.3 0.4 0.1 0.0 6.4 1.0 50 km/h
10 km/h 1.6 0.6 0.2 0.1 7.0
0.5 140 km/h
20 km/h 1.0 0.3 0.1 0.1 6.6
50 km/h 1.2 0.4 0.0 0.0 6.7 0.0
140 km/h 1.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 6.7 0 2 4 6 8 10
dB difference between SHO Links

Limited Transmit Power Control Dynamics

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.106

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Soft(er) Handover


Level difference between SHO Links (dB)
Single Link Case: Single Link Case:
Fast Power Control Fast Power Control
0 3 6 10 OFF ON
Maximum Average Received Average Received
Average Received Eb/No (without FPC)
Speed Eb/No (without FPC) Eb/No (with FPC)
3km/h 8.5 10.2 11.4 12.4 13.1 4.9
10km/h 7.0 8.5 10.4 11.1 11.5 5.7
20km/h 6.4 8.0 9.1 9.7 9.7 6
50km/h 5.4 7.0 7.8 7.9 7.9 6
140km/h 5.2 6.0 6.4 6.5 6.5 6.3

minus

Required Fast Power Control Headroom for Link Budget


in SHO and Single Link for Pedestrian A Channel
Level difference between SHO Links (dB)
0 3 6 10
Maximum
in SHO (dB) single Link (dB)
Speed
3km/h 3.6 5.3 6.5 7.5 8.2
10km/h 1.3 2.8 4.7 5.4 5.8
20km/h 0.4 2.0 3.1 3.7 3.7
50km/h -0.6 1.0 1.8 1.9 1.9
140km/h -1.1 -0.3 0.1 0.2 0.2

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.107

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Soft(er) Handover


Level difference between SHO Links (dB)
Single Link Case: Single Link Case:
Fast Power Control Fast Power Control
0 3 6 10 OFF ON
Maximum Average Received Average Received
Average Received Eb/No (without FPC)
Speed Eb/No (without FPC) Eb/No (with FPC)
3km/h 8.5 10.2 11.4 12.4 13.1 4.9
10km/h 7.0 8.5 10.4 11.1 11.5 5.7
20km/h 6.4 8.0 9.1 9.7 9.7 6
50km/h 5.4 7.0 7.8 7.9 7.9 6
140km/h 5.2 6.0 6.4 6.5 6.5 6.3

Effective SHO Gain in Fast Power Control Headroom (dB)


for Pedestrian A Channel as function of Speed
minus
5.0

Effective SHO Gain in Fast Power


4.5 3km/h
Effective SHO Gain in Fast Power Control 4.0 10km/h

Control Headroom (dB)


Headroom for Pedestrain A Channel
3.5
20km/h
Level difference between SHO Links (dB)
50km/h
0 3 6 10 3.0
Maximum Effective SHO Gain in Fast Power 140km/h
2.5
Speed Control Headroom (dB)
3km/h 4.6 2.9 1.7 0.7 2.0
10km/h 4.5 3.0 1.1 0.4 1.5
20km/h 3.3 1.7 0.6 0.0
50km/h 2.5 0.9 0.1 0.0 1.0
140km/h 1.3 0.5 0.1 0.0 0.5

0.0
0 2 4 6 8 10
dB Difference between SHO Links

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.108

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Soft(er) Handover

Soft Handover is Very Important in WCDMA/UMTS


Soft Handover can, when used carefully provide Capacity and
Coverage Improvement. Soft Handover provides:
Macrodiversity combining and equivalent SHO Gain which
improves Link Budget and hence Range. This is seen in the
reduction in Fast power Control Headroom for Mobiles at
the Cell Edge.
A reduction in Fast Power Control variation which leads to
a reduction in Average Tx Power Rise, which lowers
Interference to other cells, and hence improves Capacity
Too much Handover area may negate any capacity Benefit
Too much Handover margin may negate any capacity Benefit

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.109

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Analysis

Some Further Network Simulation results presented in the


next few Slides

Based upon the Nokia UMTS Simulation Platform as


described in WCDMA for UMTS

We shall look at the impact on the Network Design of:


Antenna Downtilt
Antenna Sectorisation
Mast Head Amplifiers

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.110

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Analysis

Various Parameters were used in


setting up the simulation.
13.5km2 of Tokyo
10 Sites, 50m Height
20W Base Station Power
15dB Penetration Losses
Log Normal Standard
Deviation = 12dB
Channel Profile = ITU
Vehicular 3km/h
Average User Orthogonality,
avg = 0.5
Soft Handover Addition
Window = 4dB
Source: IEEE

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.111

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Analysis

Example plot for


determining coverage
shown

Best Server prediction


based upon minimum MS
Tx Power on Uplink

MS at 3km/h
Service = 64kbps LCD
Antenna Downtilts = 10o
10 Base Stations, 6
Sectors/BS = 60 Cells

Source: IEEE

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.112

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Analysis Antenna Tilts


Other/Own Cell Soft
Interference Served Handover

With Antenna Downtilt, one would


Antenna Tilt Ratio, i Users Overhead UL Coverage Probability
8kbps 64kbps 144kbps
Omni

expect the Intercell Interference


o
0 0.79 239 28% 70% 32% 40%
o
3-Sectored, 65

to be better contained, at the


o
0 0.88 575 40% 86% 59% 62%
o
4 0.75 624 39% 91% 71% 72%

expense of reducing Coverage


o
7 0.59 697 36% 92% 76% 76%
o
10 0.37 856 30% 90% 75% 74%

Quality.
o
14 0.38 787 32% 81% 62% 61%
o
4-Sectored, 65
o
0 1.09 604 41% 92% 70% 71%
o
4 0.94 707 30% 95% 81% 81%

The Table shows the results


o
7 0.72 833 26% 96% 84% 83%
o
10 0.47 959 21% 94% 82% 81%

obtained for four types of


o
14 0.50 886 26% 86% 69% 68%
o
6-Sectored, 65

Antenna.
o
0 1.15 880 48% 93% 76% 76%
o
4 1.03 946 49% 96% 83% 83%
o
7 0.88 1037 45% 96% 85% 84%

The graph homes in on the tri -


o
10 0.73 1054 41% 95% 83% 82%
o
14 0.58 930 33% 86% 70% 69%

Uplink i and Cell capacity as a Function of Antenna Tilt sectored antenna.


o


for 3-Sectored 65 antennas
900
800
1.00
0.90
i decreases with Tilt Angle
No. of Users increase with
Other Cell/Own Cell

700 0.80
Number of Users

Interference, i

600 0.70

Tilt Angle
(Capacity)

0.60
500
0.50
400


0.40
300 0.30 Coverage increases then
decreases with Antenna Tilt
200 Served Users 0.20
100 Other/Own Cell Interference Ratio, i 0.10
0 0.00
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Antenna Tilt

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.113

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Analysis Antenna Tilts

Low Antenna Tilt Angle


Large Area of +/ -3dB Coverage Area = Large Handover Area
More Connections in Soft Handover = Less Overall Capacity
High Other Cell to Own Cell Interference = less Coverage
High Other Cell to Own Cell Interference = less Coverage
Less resilient in terms of Coverage

High Antenna Tilt Angle


Smaller Area of +/ -3dB Coverage Area Small Handover Area
Less Connections in Soft Handover More Overall Capacity
Lower Other Cell to Own Cell Interference = More Coverage
Lower Other Cell to Own Cell Interference = More Capacity
More Resilient in terms of Coverage

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.114

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Analysis MHA

Antenna Antenna Low Noise Masthead Amplifier


on Uplink.
Head Head +
LNA

Antenna Tilt = 7o
BS Rx Feeder BS Rx Feeder
MS Power = 27dBm
Without MHA With MHA Increase in Number of UL
Users with MHA
Other/Own Cell Served Served
Decrease in Number of DL
Users with MHA
Interference Users in users in
MHA Ratio, i UL DL UL Coverage Probability
8kbps 64kbps 144kbps
3-Sectored, 65o
no MHA
with MHA
0.60
0.61
1038
1064
807
746
93%
95%
78%
82%
78%
82%
Increase in UL Coverage
4-Sectored, 65o
no MHA 0.73 1089 884 96% 86% 85%
Probability with MHA
with MHA 0.73 1107 846 98% 89% 89%
o
6-Sectored, 65
no MHA 0.88 1124 1052 97% 87% 86%
with MHA 0.90 1132 1021 98% 90% 90%

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.115

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Analysis Antenna Beamwidth

MHA in use, No Downtilt, MS


Other/Own Cell Soft
Antenna Interference Served Handover

Tx Power = 24dBm Max.


Beamwidth Ratio, i Users Overhead UL Coverage Probability
8kbps 64kbps 144kbps
Omni
o
360 0.79 240 28% 70% 32% 40%

Higher Sectorisation, More


3-Sectored
o
120 1.33 441 39% 85% 50% 59%
o

Capacity per site achieved.


90 1.19 461 35% 87% 55% 62%
o
65 0.88 575 34% 86% 59% 62%
4-Sectored
o
120 1.72 489 54% 90% 62% 68%

Narrower Beamwidth results


o
90 1.49 510 51% 92% 67% 72%
o
65 1.09 604 41% 92% 70% 71%
o

in lower Other Cell to Own


33 0.92 691 40% 88% 65% 64%
6-Sectored
o
120 2.18 593 64% 95% 75% 79%

Cell Interference.
o
90 1.97 627 59% 96% 80% 82%
o
65 1.43 758 55% 96% 80% 81%
o
33 1.15 880 48% 93% 76% 76%

Uplink Coverage probability and Users Served as a Function Narrow Beamwidth results in
more Capacity and Reduction
of Antenna Sectorisation and Beamwidth
98%
in Soft Handover Overhead
3-Sectored 120deg
Coverage Probability (8Kbps)

3-Sectored 90deg 90o


96% 3-Sectored 65deg 65o
4-Sectored 120deg 120o
94% 33o

Coverage Probability has an


4-Sectored 90deg
4-Sectored 65deg
92% 90o
6-sectors
6-Sectored 120deg 65o

Optimum value.
6-Sectored 90deg
90% 6-Sectored 65deg 120o
6-Sectored 33deg
88% 4-Sectored 33deg 33o 4-sectors
90o
86%
120o
65o
3-sectors
84%
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
No. of Users

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.116

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

UMTS Link Budgets Analysis Antenna Beamwidth


Three Sectored Site Case:

120o 90o
65o

Other to Own Int., i = 1.33 Other to Own Int., i = 1.19 Other to Own Int., i = 0.88
Served Users = 441 Served Users = 461 Served Users = 575
Soft Handover Overhead = 39% Soft Handover Overhead = 35% Soft Handover Overhead = 34%
UL Coverage Prob. (8K) = 85% UL Coverage Prob. (8K) = 87% UL Coverage Prob. (8K) = 86%
UL Coverage Prob. (64K) = 50% UL Coverage Prob. (64K) = 55% UL Coverage Prob. (64K) = 59%
UL Coverage Prob. (144K) = 59% UL Coverage Prob. (144K) = 62% UL Coverage Prob. (144K) = 62%

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.117

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets
Introduction

The Planning
Process Classical 2G Link Budgets

Polygons
UMTS Link Budget How It Differs
Site Placement
UMTS Uplink Link Budget
Antenna
Placement
UMTS Downlink Link Budget
Frequency
Planning

Forward
UMTS Link Budget Analysis
Capacity
Planning
Summary
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.118

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Link Budget Section 4.1: Link Budgets

Link Budgets

Summary

In this section on Link Budgets you have learnt


Recap on 2G Link Budgets
Differences between 2G and 3G Link Budgets
The Limitations of the Link Budget, particularly on the
Downlink
Appreciate that Coverage and Capacity are coupled
through Interference
The UMTS Link Budget is totally Dynamic and difficult
to Empiricalise
This section is important to you because
Planning Tools model the Dynamic behaviour of the
UMTS link budget

NJHX410E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.1.119

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 1 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

What is in This Section?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Propagation Path Loss Models
Polygons
Radio Network Planning Tools
Site Placement

Antenna
UMTS Radio Planning
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.3

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

In Detail

Propagation Path Loss Models - recap of:


High level radio network dimensioning tools
Low level radio network planning tools
Radio Network Planning Tools
Components of a Planning Tool
Types of general output
2G Planning Outputs
Propagation Model Tuning
UMTS Radio Planning
Differences between 2G and 3G
UMTS Radio Planning Process
Guidelines for Planning
Multi-Operator Interference

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Why is this Section Important to You?

Without a Radio Planning Tool, your job would be impossible !

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.5

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

How Will You Learn?

Demo of simple Monte-


Carlo Simulator

Demo of Static and


Dynamic Traffic used
for Planning Tools
Demonstrations
Go through a Paper to
describe what's behind
Monte-Carlo Simulation

Discussion

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.6

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Propagation Path Loss Models
Polygons
Radio Network Planning Tools
Site Placement

Antenna
UMTS Radio Planning
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.7

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Path Loss Models

High level radio network Low level radio network


dimensioning tools planning tools
Generic - Calculation based Particular - Calculation
upon empirically formulae performed on actual path
High Level Planning Detailed Planning
Specific details of Specific details of
environment unknown - environment known -
General details known Terrain data

Spreadsheet Based Matrix computation based


Lots of assumptions Less assumptions
Empirical Still Empirical

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.8

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Path Loss Models

High level radio network Low level radio network


dimensioning tools planning tools

Hata Equations, Hata Loss Curves, etc. Hata Equations adjusted by


Diffraction Models.

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.9

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Propagation Path Loss Models
Polygons
Radio Network Planning Tools
Site Placement

Antenna
UMTS Radio Planning
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.10

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools

Use of Terrain Data for


construction of Path
Profile

Path analysis for FSPL and


diffraction computation

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.11

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools

Basic Coverage Prediction Inputs

Frequency and Polarisation

Tx-Rx Distance
Tx Parameters - Power, Height, E/H Polar Patterns
Rx Parameters - Sensitivity, Height, E/H Polar Patterns
Arbitrary loss allowances based on land type (Clutter)

Arbitrary height allowances based on land type (Clutter)

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.12

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools

Pol Calculations:
itic System Parameters (Hb , Hm , etc)
Dig al M
ita ap Refraction Prediction Output Maps
Im
Mor l Terr a Diffraction
pho ain M ge
logy Reflection 1. Field Strength
Oth
er Map ap Clutter Loss Adjustments 2. Probabilities of FS
Ma
ps 3. C/Iadj & C/Ico
4. Best Server

+ + =

Political Map Image Digital Terrain Map Morphology Map Prediction Output

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.13

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Political Map Images

Raster Image Vector Image Satellite Image

Raster - scanned images of original paper maps

Vector - comprise of a line and node data structure


Sites can be referenced visually

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.14

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Digital Terrain Maps

50m Manchester 5m Paris

Digital Terrain Map or Altimetric Files essential

Height values mathematically interpolated from contours


and spot heights

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.15

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Digital Terrain Maps

10m DTM 50m DTM


Ordnance Survey produce two products:

50 metre DTM Land-Form PANORAMA series of data from


the 1:50,000 scale Landranger maps

10 metre DTM Land-Form PROFILE series which is the


definitive National Height Dataset from the 1:10,000 maps

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.16

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Digital Terrain Maps

PANORAMA PROFILE
Datasource 1:50,000 1:10,000
Tiles in series 812 10556
Tile Coverage 20km by 20km 5km by 5km
Vertical contour 10m 5m
interval
DTM height values 50 m horizontal grid 10m horizontal grid
Height Accuracy 3.0m 1.5m
(contours)
Height Accuracy Better than one half Better than one half
(DTM) of vertical interval of of vertical interval of
source contours source contours
Price per tile Between 45 and Between 175 and
(depending upon 20 45
quantity)
NB: Prices Correct at 1998

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.17

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Digital Terrain Maps

DTM Resolution depends upon service application and, broadly, the


frequency of service

>50 metre DTM - Wide area Broadcast type, PMR, and wide area
cellular services operating in the VHF and UHF bands

10 - 50 metre DTM - WLL and Microcellular services


2 -10 metre DTMs primarily used for urban WLL coverage
operating > 2GHz

< 2 metre DTM - Wireless LAN, WLL coverage (> 10GHz)

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.18

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Morphology Maps

Land Type Mean Feature Heights


Sub-Urban 8 mtr
Urban 15mtr
Dense-Urban 30mtr
Water 0 mtr
Woodland 20mtr
Arable Farmland 2 mtr

Morphological maps provide indication of land use and type

Clutter can be assigned mean heights when DTM can not


resolve clutter features

Clutter can be assigned mean clutter loss values to minimise


prediction errors - dependent upon service application and freq

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.19

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design The Planning Process Section 4.2: The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Morphology Maps

Received Power

Received Power

Excess Loss or
Clutter Loss

Clutter Loss is based on the average excess loss experienced due


to existence of the Clutter.

No simple Physical Interpretation of what Clutter Loss is.

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.20

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Radio Model Tuning

Many Radio Propagation Prediction Models on CAD Tools


have the ability to be modified to suit particular applications
and radio services/environments

Radio Model Tuning gives more accurate coverage


predictions and greater confidence in Network planning

Radio Model Tuning can be carried out by performing drive


survey trials across particular environments

Survey data can be used to adjust Radio Model such that


predicted results align better with actual field results

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.21

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Radio Model Tuning

Mason

Mason

Drive Survey Model Prediction

Rural Urban
100
90
80 Measured
70
dBmV/m

60 Predicted
50
40
30
20
10
0

1114
106
127
148
169

274
295
316
337
358

463
484
505
526
547
568
589
610

736
757
778
799
820

925
946
967
988
1009
1030
1051
1072
1093
190
211
232
253

379
400
421
442

631
652
673
694
715

841
862
883
904
22
43
1

64
85

Sample points (every 26 mtrs)


NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.22

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Radio Model Tuning

400

350 Rural
300
Clutter categories and/or
Frequency

250

200 distance decay factors can


150 be calculated from survey
Urban
100
results
50
0
Standard deviation, of
-30
-25

-5
0
5

15
20

25

35
40
-40

-35

-20
-15
-10

10

30
dB Difference (Measured - Predicted) the locations variability
0.40 can also be calculated to
0.35 Log-Normal give better percentage
0.30 Distribution locations estimates
of Local Mean
Probability

0.25
0.20
0.15
s
0.10
0.05
0
-12
-10

-8

-2
0
2
4
6
8

10

14

16
-16

-14

-6
-4

12

dB Difference (Measured - Predicted)

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.23

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Outputs

Field Strength Best Server Server


(e.g at 50% Locations) Recoverage

Locations Probability C/I Plot


(e.g at -90 dBm)
NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.24

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Other Maps

Other maps or overlays can aid the planning and design of a


radio communications network

They dont contribute to radio coverage calculation but may


indicate traffic requirements. Other Maps include:
Traffic (or Population) Density Overlays (mErl/km2)
Cell Locations and Grid overlays to aid cellular design

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.25

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Radio Planning Tools - Planning Outputs

GSM Frequency Planning Algorithms can calculate deployment of


available spectrum - First Order Optimisation
UMTS has no concept of Frequency Planning. The analogy would be
Code Planning, but is a trivial task as there are 512 Downlink
Scrambling Codes available.
Cellular Grids and Traffic Dimensioning can give transceiver
requirements and cell sizes as outputs

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.26

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Propagation Path Loss Models
Polygons
Radio Network Planning Tools
Site Placement

Antenna
UMTS Radio Planning
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.27

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process - Introduction

Radio Planning is the logical extension to Link Budget Planning. That


is the application of the Link Budget to the Planning Tool, using real
terrain data, and real subscribers.

We demonstrated in section 4.1 that the UMTS Link Budget is very


different to GSM. In UMTS Capacity and Coverage are closely
coupled
UMTS Link Budget influenced by Inter-Cell interference and
therefore by locations of Subscribers

UMTS Downlink Link Budget influenced by loss of Orthogonality in


Code Domain to separate user channels from same cell/sector

UMTS services are variable in terms of bit rate, latency, activi ty


factor, quality, etc. There exists a 4 Dimensional probability space
of a subscribers service type (demand), subscriber is active (time),
subscriber speed (speed) and location (space). This needs to be
understood in order to plan a UMTS network.

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.28

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process - Guidelines

The story so far:


There are no 3GPP Radio Planning Guidelines
There exists only a handful of technical papers on the
subject of UMTS Radio Planning
No one has really established (or could establish) Best
Practice in UMTS Radio Planning
There are a handful of Radio Planning Tools emerging on
the market
All the tools approach planning in slightly different
ways (their view of the planning process imposed on
their tool)

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.29

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process - Guidelines

All UMTS Planning Tools appear to solve much of the UMTS


coverage/capacity prediction through Monte-Carlo
simulations. This is a common element seen in UMTS Planning
and was introduced in section 4.1.

What we discover is that the UMTS planning process is


extremely complex and convoluted, with many more possible
output arrays than with 2G/GSM planning.

Furthermore we have the Fuzzy Universe where a Pixel


does not tell us whether a particular UMTS is available or
not but now we have a probability of a service being available
based upon Monte-Carlo simulation.

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.30

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process GSM Comparison

In GSM the propagation loss


model told us whether a pixel
was in service coverage or not.

If the planning used a Log-


Normal fade margin then each
Subscriber
pixel represented coverage
Movement for x% of locations within
that pixel.

As a subscriber moves
through the environment the
pixels do not change!

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.31

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Dynamic effects

In UMTS the movement of a


subscriber disturbs the
Interference geometry and
can influence whether service
is available elsewhere
Subscriber
Movement
If a subscriber remains
stationary and changes
datarate or service that
subscriber can also influence
whether service is available
elsewhere

As a subscriber moves
through the environment the
pixels change!

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.32

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Pixel Probability


Vary Subscriber locations, services, numbers of subscribers, etc .

1 2 n-1 n

Carry out coverage


predictions for each
Variation by converging
Power fluctuations Service Probability >80%
Service probability >60%
Service probability >40%
Service probability >20%
Service probability <20%

Produce Composite Plot of service coverage probability


(I.e. service probability based upon subscriber time, space, speed and demand probabilities)
NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.33

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process - Snapshots

Each Snapshot convergence needs to be carefully modelled.

There are many ways to carry out a Snapshot Convergence


Algorithm.
Aircom describe their method in their 3g tool manual
(page 6-9)
Vodafone describe their test bed tool in IEE E&C
Journal June 2000 page 101-119
Nokia describe their research tool in various papers.
WCDMA for UMTS describes the Nokia static
simulator tool on page 171.

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.34

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Simulation

There are generally two Monte-Carlo approaches:


Static Simulation
Dynamic Simulation

Static Simulation Dynamic Simulation


Many Snapshots of Subscriber Locations Many Snapshots of Subscriber Locations
Establishes Average Conditions of Network Allows Real-Time Analysis

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.35

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process - Simulation

Static Simulation randomly distributes Dynamic Simulation randomly


subscribers, services, and hence Eb/No distributes subscribers, services, and
targets over the area of interest using hence Eb/No targets over the area of
Probability Matrices. interest using Probability Matrices.

There is no subscriber position and


There is subscriber position
correlation between successive
usage correlation between successive Snapshots
Snapshots
The results from each Snapshot are
The results from each Snapshot are stored
stored
The results from successive Snapshots
The results from all Snapshots are are analysed
analysed
Dynamic Simulation aims to provide
Static Simulation aims to provide the results of how the RRM Algorithms are
Average Conditions of the Network in operating (e.g. Handovers, Varying
existing Service Rates to allow new
terms of Coverage, Interference and
subscribers into cell, etc.)
Capacity
The Average conditions of the
The Radio Resource Management Network can be tested but rely on
Algorithms can not be tested. Many more Snapshots to be taken

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.36

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process - Simulation

Static Simulation models the Dynamic Simulation requires that the


convergence of a single Snapshot to network be modelled at time
arrive at a re-distribution of Powers in increments down to the Fast Power
the network. There is no time concept Control, or at the rate where service
rates can change. This is 1500 times a
Static Simulations can be lengthy second!
where the confidence of the results is
related to the length of the Monte- Dynamic Simulations can be very
Carlo simulation. lengthy and results difficult to analyse.

We would use Static Simulation to We would use Dynamic Simulation to


establish Coverage, Capacity, and establish RRM and Handover strategies
Interference for network deployment. for different deployments (e.g.
This is what the Radio Planner would be Different RRM may be used on Train
using day to day. Line coverage)

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.37

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process -Simulation

Train Line Coverage Train Line Coverage Train Line Coverage


Zero Loading on all Cells Cell1 loaded and shrinks Cell2 becomes loaded and shrinks
when there is no Train Excessive Handover Activity

Handover
Activity

Time/Distance
NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.38

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process - Simulation

Motorway Coverage Gradual Leakage and Admission Gradual Leakage and Admission
Nominal Loading on all Cells of Subscriber Traffic of Subscriber Traffic
when there is Traffic

Handover
Activity

Time/Distance
NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.39

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design The Planning ProcessSection 4.2: The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Single Snapshot

Case Study of UMTS Network Design


from Paper: Static Simulator for
Studying WCDMA Radio Network
Planning Issues, IEEE VTC99, pp.
2436-2440.

12 x 12 km2 Arbitrary Area

Nokia Static Simulator used

Subscriber Mix:
1500 x 8kbps Voice at 50km/h
30 x 144kbps LCD at 3km/h
As shown left
19 Tri-sectored Macro Sites deployed
upon uniform grid as shown left.

8kbps User Source: IEEE


No Monte-Carlo simulation. Many
144kbps User users single Snapshot should be
reliable.

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.40

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design The Planning Process Section 4.2: The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Single Snapshot


Most important simulation parameters
Environmental Parameters Units
Path Loss Model Okumura-Hata
Slow Fading std. Deviation 6 dB
Slow Fading correlation between base stations 50%
Multipath channel profile ITU Vehicular A
Downlink orthogonality factor, avg 0.5

Simulation Parameters
Max. allowed Uplink loading limit 50%
Downlink Pilot Channel Power 30 dBm
Downlink Other Common Channel Powers 30 dBm
Soft handover window 6 dB
Load Control in Uplink Links Randomly put to outage from overloaded cells
BS Power Control in Downlink Links Randomly put to outage from overloaded cells

Subscriber Parameters 8kbps Voice 144kbps Data


Number of Subscribers 1500 30
Mobile station speeds 50 3 km/h
Voice Actitivity 0.67 1

Equipment Parameters Base Stations 8kbps Voice 144kbps Data


Noise figures 5 7 7 dBm
Antenna Types 65 Omni Omni
Antennas Gains 17 1.5 1.5 dBi
System Losses 3 1.5 1.5 dB
Max. Tx Power 43 21 21 dBm

Source: IEEE

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.41

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Single Snapshot


Start
Target in Uplink Iteration is to
allocate MS Tx Powers such that
Allocate MS Tx to
satisfy Eb/No Interference Levels Converge.

MS Tx Powers initially determined so


MS Tx Powers corrected
they fulfil Eb/No at BS Rx.
by SHO and FPC
Headroom MS Tx Powers corrected by taking into
account activity factors, SHO Gains,
and FPC Headroom.
Any MS Tx Powers > Max MS put to
For many iterations? Outage Any MS Tx Powers > Max are then
excluded for this step of iteration

Once all MS Tx Powers calculated, the


Interference at each BS
recalculated
Interference at each BS is re-
estimated.

Insignificant change
Repeat Cycle - re-allocation of MS Tx
Since last iteration Powers
(Convergence?)
Repeat until Convergence in Power and
Interference!
End

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.42

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Single Snapshot


Start
Target in Downlink Iteration is to allocate BS
Set BS Pilot Powers Tx Powers such that Interference Levels
1. All the same
2. Based upon Uplink Converge.
3. Set Individually
BS Pilot Powers set. These can be based upon
MS Tx Powers corrected
Uplink Loading, or set individually.
by SHO and FPC
Headroom Best Serving Cell determined by best Pilot
signal. All other Pilots > Threshold and within
SHO are also included
Any MS Tx Powers > Max MS put to
For many iterations? Outage BS Tx Powers initially determined so they
fulfil Eb/No at MS Rx.

BS Total Tx Power > Max? Drop random links,


Interference at each BS
recalculated
Drop Highest Power Links or Drop Lowest
Power links in loaded cells?

Insignificant change
All Links made Calculate C/I for each link
Since last iteration
(Convergence?) Any C/Is > required BS Tx Powers for that
MS Link adjusted
End Repeat Cycle - re-allocation of BS Tx Powers
until Convergence achieved
NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.43

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Single Snapshot

Source: IEEE

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.44

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Single Snapshot

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.45

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Single Snapshot

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.46

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Single Snapshot

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.47

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Single Snapshot

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.48

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Single Snapshot

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.49

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design The Planning ProcessSection 4.2: The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Dynamic Simulation

Detailed Analysis to establish:

Handover Margins
RRM Rules
Termination Criteria
Admission Criteria
Use of Carriers
(Macro, Micro, Pico)
Antenna Parameter Guidelines
Site Deployment Rules
Dynamic Simulation
Many Snapshots of Subscriber Locations
Allows Real-Time Analysis

Train Line Coverage


Significant Handover Activity

Handover
Activity

Time/Distance
NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.50

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process Static Simulation

Dimensioning Exercise Static Simulation Many Average Coverage, Capacity


Based upon Link Budgets and Snapshots of Subscriber and Interference Predictions
Nominal Cell Loading to Locations - Establishes
identify Approximate Cell Sizes Average Conditions of Network

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.51

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process - Static Simulation

Dimensioning Exercise Static Simulation Many Average Coverage, Capacity


Based upon Link Budgets and Snapshots of Subscriber and Interference Predictions
Nominal Cell Loading to Locations - Establishes
identify Approximate Cell Sizes Average Conditions of Network

Attempt using different Tweaking of Antenna Downtilts, Sectorisation,


combinations of Base Stations Azimuth, Handover Margins and Base Station Powers.

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.52

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process

There is a multitude of Predictions and reports a Planning


can produce for UMTS Planning

The specific method by which a Radio Planner should tweak


parameters, and/or choose different combinations of
candidate base station, and Traffic Scenarios is one that is
often left to the Radio Planner

Approaches, methods will develop as experience of UMTS


network planning evolves

As such Planning Methodologies and 3GPP guidelines will


follow

At the present time we have a lot of experimenting to do!

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.53

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

The UMTS Planning Process - Guidelines

There are a number of Planning Place Base Station Sites at the


Guidelines which can be used to centres of Traffic Demand
avoid excessive Interference and distributions (e.g. centres of
population or work)
hence impact on Capacity and
Coverage. Avoid stressing RRM Algorithms
by ensuring a mix of fast moving
UMTS is specified and we have and slow moving traffic
only a few parameters with which
we can tweak to ensure a Good Use of Tri-sectored sites using
Network Design 65o antennas ensures good
Intercell interference
By Applying such guidelines we containment
ensure that we pre-optimise the
network design prior to actual
Use downtilt as necessary to
contain Intercell interference
planning optimisation, and post-
design optimisation (using real Share sites with other operators
measurements, etc.) using the Adjacent Channels to
minimise Adjacent Channel
Interference
Site Base Stations such that
there is a low probability of low
coupling losses
NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.54

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

More Simulators
1996 1998 2000

Link Level Simulators: System Level Simulators: Network Level Simulators:


A Single (few) Links are Modelled Many Links are modelled Thousands of Links Modelled
(Dynamic or Static)
Models: Models:
Channel Dynamics Modelled Single Snapshot Convergence Models:
Fast Fading Modelled Average Powers Monte-Carlo Snapshots (Many)
Fast Power Control Path Loss Average Powers
Path Loss
Determines: Determines:
Eb/No Coverage, Capacity Determines:
SHO Gains Sensitivities Coverage, Capacity
Fast Power Control Gains Radio Resource Management QoS Targets
approaches
Allows analysis of:
Error Correction codes Allows analysis of: Allows analysis of:
Interleaving schemes Coverage Coverage
Capacity and Interference Capacity and Interference
Time resolution: Radio resource Management
Chips Time resolution:
Time resolution: Not Applicable
Who uses this: 1500 times/sec
Equipment Vendors Who uses this:
Who uses this: RF Planners
RF Planning Strategy Teams

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.55

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Multi-Operator Interference

The influence on Performance of Adjacent Channel


Interference between Two (or more) Operators.
1900.3

1979.7
1900.0

1920.3

1980.0
MHz
TDD 1919.9 FDD Uplink
4.9MHz

4.9MHz

4.9MHz

4.9MHz

14.6MHz 10MHz 14.8MHz 10MHz 10MHz

14.6MHz 10MHz 14.8MHz 10MHz 10MHz

FDD Downlink

2169.7
2170.0
MHz
2110.0
2110.3

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.56

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Multi-Operator Interference

Adjacent Channel Interference power Ratio (ACIR) is


defined as:

Transmitte d Channel Power


ACIR = =
Power Measured in the Adjacent Channel(s)

Transmission Stations
Receiver Station

Wanted Wanted
Carrier Carrier
Transmitter Transmitter

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.57

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Multi-Operator Interference
Transmission
Receiver
Stations Station

ACIR

Wanted
Carrier
Transmitter

ACIR In this scenario the Subscriber has a link to the


Operator 1 Base Station. As the subscriber is
Operator 2 Rx Operator 1 Rx at a distance the Subscriber terminal needs a
significant Tx Power. The Subscriber is also
near Operator 2s Base Station which
operates on the Adjacent Channel. The
Subscriber (and Operator 2s Base Station)
will see a significant adjacent power or low
ACIR.

Sub 1 Tx
Power = 21dBm

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.58

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Multi-Operator Interference
The worst case scenario for ACIR is presented. This occurs when a Mobile transmits on Full Power very
Close to a Base Station that is receiving on the Adjacent Carrier. The closest a Subscriber terminal can get to
A Base Station is limited, as Base Stations are at a height and away from proximity of people. The smallest
Propagation loss we can expect is around 50dB between any Subscriber and Base Station.

P 1 = 21dBm 50dB = -29dBm

Operator 1 Rx

P 2 = 21dBm 50dB 33dB = -62dBm


P 3 = 21dBm 130dB = -91dBm

Operator 2 Rx

Sub 1 Tx
Power = 21dBm

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.59

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Multi-Operator Interference

Given the example shown in the previous slide it is apparent


that another operators Mobile near a Base Station could
cripple Range.

In fact we also need to consider the Downlink situation. We


would find a similar set of events and it is likely that a
downlink channel would not exist (Op 1 BS to Mobile 1) due
to receiver blocking at Mobile 1 from Op 2 BS.

This blocking is likely to drop the call to Mobile 1 and


therefore Mobile 1 will not cripple Operator 2s range.

The dropping of one mobile (Mobile 1) is better than


Crippling Range to many other Mobiles!

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.60

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design The Planning ProcessSection 4.2: The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Multi-Operator Interference
FDD Uplink
If we were to collocate
1920.3

1979.7
1980.0
1919.9

Share Sites = Good practice


Operators at the same Base
Station then we would
minimize the chances of this
Near-Far multi-operator
Interference.
14.6MHz 10MHz 14.8MHz 10MHz 10MHz

It is therefore good practice


to:
Co-site Base Stations,
particularly with
Operators on the

P Low Probability of
Low coupling Losses

Adjacent Channel
Avoid the possibility of
low coupling losses by

O
siting antennas away
High Probability of from traffic sources
Low coupling Losses

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.61

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process


Deterministic Prediction Models
RF Planning Tools - Platforms

ACTIX CRIL INGENIERIE NTL


Predictor Ellipse NPT Aspect 4

AETHOS DERA/Science QUOTIENT


Odyssey Systems Quantum
Crumpet
AIRCOM RCC
ASSET FORSK Romulus
3G Atoll SIMOCO
ATDI GEC-MARCONI Optair
HTZ Simulation
Covmod/Express SOFTWRIGHT
ICS Telecom
TAP
MSI
CNET
PlaNet
Wings
MULTIPLE ACCESS
CONTACTICA-AXIS
NP Workplace
Contactica-Axis
NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.62

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process


Deterministic Prediction Models
RF Planning Tools - Platforms

Many Radio Prediction and Planning Tools Available

Some of them are listed, however the list is not


exhaustive

Many tailored to specific technologies or radio services


MSIs PlaNet - GSM, PCS, CDMA, AMPS, TACS, and
WLL
SIMOCOs Optair geared towards TETRA Networks
ATDIs ICS Telecom - Generic
Unix Workstation Platforms

PC (Windows&NT) becoming more common

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.63

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

ASSET & 3G
Tool selected for use by
Hutchinson Orange Switzerland,
Esat Digifone
Developed by Aircom
Future plans involve making 3G
independent of Asset
Multi standard capabilities e.g.
UMTS, TDMA and TETRA
Runs on Windows platform

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.64

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design The Planning ProcessSection 4.2: The Planning Process

The Planning Process

QUANTUM 3G

Developed by Quotient
Communications

Based on Quantum 2G with


enhancements for 3G

Includes a Real estate


database to support site
selection and acquisition

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.65

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

ODYSSEY

Developed by Logica
Runs on both Unix and Windows
platform
Supports multiple technologies
from GSM to WLL
Distributed Computing Environment
In use by BTCellnet

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.66

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

ROMULUS

Developed by RCC Consultants Inc

Multi technology support


Support for multiple propagation
models and parameters

Compatibility with third party


applications e.g. Atlas GIS and
Mapinfo

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.67

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

DECIBEL PLANNER

Developed by Northwood
Multi technology capabilities
Integrates with Map Info
Able to model multimedia services to be
offered with UMTS

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.68

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

PLANET

Developed by MSI
Works on both Windows and Unix
platforms
12 month rolling road map where updates
are developed as needed

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.69

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Propagation Path Loss Models
Polygons
Radio Network Planning Tools
Site Placement

Antenna
UMTS Radio Planning
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.70

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Section 4.2: The Planning Process
The Planning Process

The Planning Process

Summary

In this section on The Planning Process you have learnt about


Path Loss Models
Deterministic Prediction Models
WCDMA Planning Tools for UMTS
This section is important to you because
It describes the processes and tools which are
fundamental to your job as a planner
GSM Planning concentrated upon Coverage
UMTS Planning concentrates upon Interference Minimisation
and Capacity planning

NJHX420E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.2.71

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 2 / 11
Network Design Polygons Section 4.3: Polygons

Polygons

What is in This Section?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
The Cellular Concept
Polygons
Using Hexagons to Represent Cells
Site Placement

Antenna
Hexagon and Clover Leaf Geometry
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX430E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.3.3

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Polygons Section 4.3: Polygons

Polygons

Why is this Section Important to You?

Acts as a review of the use of hexagons in cellular planning


The use of hexagons is a fundamental concept for cellular
planning and is therefore a basic building block of your role
as a radio planner

A pause for breath in this Network Design module

NJHX430E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.3.4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Polygons Section 4.3: Polygons

Polygons

How Will You Learn?

Get ready this section contains an exercise for you

Exercise

NJHX430E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.3.5

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Polygons Section 4.3: Polygons

Polygons

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
The Cellular Concept
Polygons
Using Hexagons to Represent Cells
Site Placement

Antenna
Hexagon and Clover Leaf Geometry
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX430E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.3.6

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Section 4.3: Polygon
Network Design Polygons

Polygons

BC Before Cellular

Early radio telephone systems used


high power BTSs with large
coverage footprints

Provided good coverage Town

Prohibited use of same frequency


for 100s of km
Town
Adequate for low number of users Town

Required high power mobiles BTS

Town

NJHX430E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.3.7

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Section 4.3: Polygon
Network Design Polygons

Polygons

The Cellular Concept

To increase capacity, high power


BTS replaced by a number of
distributed low power BTSs
Town
Each BTS provides coverage to just
a small area (cell)
Town
Each BTS allocated a proportion of
total number of frequencies Town

Neighbouring BTSs are assigned


different frequency groups to avoid Town
interference (frequency re-use)

NJHX430E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.3.8

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Polygons Section 4.3: Polygons

Polygons

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
The Cellular Concept
Polygons
Using Hexagons to Represent Cells
Site Placement

Antenna
Hexagon and Clover Leaf Geometry
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX430E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.3.9

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Polygons

Polygons

Representing Cells using Hexagons

Cells are typically represented on cell plans using hexagons

Actual Coverage Ideal Coverage Representation

BTS

BTS BTS

BTS BTS

BTS BTS BTS BTS

NJHX430E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.3.10

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Polygons

Polygons

Sectorisation & Hexagons

Hexagons also lend themselves to the representation of


sectored cells

Omni Cell Sectored Cell

BTS
BTS

Hexagonal Representation

NJHX430E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.3.11

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Polygons Section 4.3: Polygons

Polygons

Cell Dimensioning

If each cell has the same number of channels, greater


capacity is achieved using smaller cells

Typically cellular networks contain a range of cell sizes

In rural areas large cells are used (radius > 20 km)


In highly populated areas small ( radius < 1 km)

NJHX430E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.3.12

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Polygons Section 4.3: Polygons

Polygons

Cell Dimensioning

Town
Macrocell

Microcell
Town

NJHX430E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.3.13

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Section 4.3: Polygon
Network Design Polygons

Polygons

Hexagonal Geometry

R = radius or side of hexagon


Shortest distance from centre to edge

R
Area R 3
2

60o
2 R
3R 3 120o
2

NJHX430E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.3.14

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Polygons Section 4.3: Polygons

Polygons

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
The Cellular Concept
Polygons
Using Hexagons to Represent Cells
Site Placement

Antenna
Hexagon and Clover Leaf Geometry
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX430E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.3.15

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Section 4.3: Polygons
Network Design Polygons

Polygons

Hexagon versus Clover Leaf

Example:

Calculate the ratio of the large omni-coverage area to the


total coverage area of the three smaller cells produced by
120o sectorisation

NJHX430E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.3.16

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Section 4.3: Polygons
Network Design Polygons

Polygons

Hexagon versus Clover Leaf

Area of Large Hexagon


= 6 Area of Triangle R
R
1
= 6 R d
2 R

3
d= R
2
3 3 2
Area = R
2

NJHX430E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.3.17

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Section 4.3: Polygons
Network Design Polygons

Polygons

Hexagon versus Clover Leaf

Area of Small Hexagons


= 3 Area of Small Hexagon
r
3 3 2
= r
2
R
r= R
2
3 3 2 9 3 2
Area = 3 R = R
8 8

NJHX430E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.3.18

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Section 4.3: Polygons
Network Design Polygons

Polygons

Hexagon versus Clover Leaf

Ratio ofAreas
Area of Large Hexagon r
=
Area of Small Hexagons
3 3 2
R 4 R
2
= =
9 3 2 3
R
8

NJHX430E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.3.19

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Polygons Section 4.3: Polygons

Polygons

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
The Cellular Concept
Polygons
Using Hexagons to Represent Cells
Site Placement

Antenna
Hexagon and Clover Leaf Geometry
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX430E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.3.20

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Polygons Section 4.3: Polygons

Polygons

Summary

In this section on Polygons you have learnt about


A review of the use of hexagons in cellular planning

This section is important to you because


The use of hexagons is a fundamental concept for cellular
planning

NJHX430E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.3.21

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 3 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

What is in This Section?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Radio Planning and Site Placement
Polygons
Key Factors affecting Site Placement
Site Placement

Antenna
RF Validation Drive Surveys
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.3

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Why is this Section Important to You?

Radio Planners need to understand site placement issues


because it is usual for planners to be involved in site
placement i.e. site placement is part of your job

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

How Will You Learn?

Discussion

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.5

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Where are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Radio Planning and Site Placement
Polygons
Key Factors affecting Site Placement
Site Placement

Antenna
RF Validation Drive Surveys
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.6

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Key areas of RF Planning and Site Placement

Coverage Interference
Plan Plan

Radio
Network
Planning

Datafill Capacity
Plan Plan

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.7

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Coverage
Plan
Link Budgets
BTS Service Mix
Configurations
QoS Digital
Requirements Terrain
Morphology Data
Marketing
Data Criteria

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.8

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Interference
Plan
Spectrum
Intra-cell
QoS Inter-cell
Criteria

Orthogonality Uplink
Factor Downlink

Boundary
Conditions
NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.9

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Demographics
QOS
CriteriaUser/Usage
Profiles
Equipment
Capacities Erlang B/C
Tables
Service
Requirement GOS
(voice/data) Criteria
Capacity
Plan

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.10

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Frequency
Plan
Adjacency
Default Plan
Data
Fixed Net Service
Data Data

Parenting
Datafill Data
Plan

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.11

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Key Ingredient

Radio
Planning
Engineer

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.12

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Key Players for a Quality Network

Acquisition Construction

Radio
Network
Planning

Fixed Network Marketing


Planning

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.13

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Where are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Radio Planning and Site Placement
Polygons
Key Factors affecting Site Placement
Site Placement

Antenna
RF Validation Drive Surveys
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.14

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Governing Factors affecting Site Placement

Marketing criteria
Link budgets, service mix and coverage quality

Site availability

Planning/zoning constraints
Lease costs
Fixed network availability and connectivity
Operational considerations

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.15

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Marketing Criteria

License conditions
Geographical and population extent
Rollout timescales in terms of coverage and service

Business plan
QOS requirements

Specialised coverage
Sporting Events, exhibitions

Mobile Networks are Market Driven


NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.16

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Link Budgets

Subject to many variables


Dictate cell sizes
Cell numbers
Quality of service
Produce the Largest CAPEX costs, i.e. BTS

Coverage/capacity imbalance will be potentially be a major


source of embarrassment

Networks Succeed or Fail with their Link


Budgets
NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.17

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Site Availability

Best sites are not always available


Sites may not be available in time

Sites may fall under a moratorium

Wanted site may be unavailable due to planning/zoning issues


Wanted site may have to be changed to meet criteria
Wanted site may be too expensive

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.18

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Fixed Network Aspects

Site may have to meet two design criteria


RF coverage
Fixed network connectivity, e.g. microwave

Best site in a remote area may not be networkable,


therefore need to consider:
Microwave frequency availability
Excessive duct costs for leased lines
Relay sites

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.19

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Operational Considerations

Is there 24 hour access?


Strategic importance of site:
Remote RNC and/or microwave node
Traffic load carried by sites(s)
Safety considerations:
Physical access
EMF, safe working zones

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.20

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Reminder

Mobile Radio networks, and especially those based around


CDMA technology are primarily:

Interference Limited

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.21

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Basic Guidelines

Ensure planning tool is optimised for purpose


Put sites as near to the traffic as possible
utilise antenna features, e.g. electrical downtilt

Utilise coverage containment:


within the local clutter
using natural terrain features
Ensure site design integrity

Dont Waste dBs


NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.22

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Where are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Radio Planning and Site Placement
Polygons
Key Factors affecting Site Placement
Site Placement

Antenna
RF Validation Drive Surveys
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.23

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

RF Validation Drive Surveys

An important tool in Site Placement is the validation of the


suitability of the site by a drive survey

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.24

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Why Bother with a Drive Survey?

QUALITY COST

TIME

Each are inextricably linked with one another


NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.25

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Brief History

Analogue networks used crude prediction tools with minimal


drive surveys.

Early PCN advocated few, or, no validation surveys.

Current PCN/PCS utilises extensive drive testing.

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.26

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Driving Forces

Development of Sophisticated Planning Tools


Quality Coverage Criteria;
Business and domestic users

Need To Get it Right First Time

If you dont give the customer what they want


then someone else will!!
NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.27

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Purpose of Drive Surveys

Propagation Model Refinement


Aids Cell Site Selection
Coverage Validation
Preliminary optimisation

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.28

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Drive Survey Set-up

TEST TRANSMISSION

SURVEY VEHICLE

C.W. or Modulated
Signal? ?

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.29

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Survey Vehicle Equipment

Vehicle Positioning
Rx Input:
Signal Strength (D)GPS
Frequency Datatrak
Filter b/w Inertial Guidance
Attenuation PC

Distance
Transducer (?)

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.30

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Recap on Signal Strength

40

20

0
dBm
-20

-40

-60

-80

-100

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.31

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Sampling Theory - Fast Fading

Conforms to Rayleigh statistics

Deep fades occur roughly every half-wavelength

Fast Fading Environment Simulation


10
Relative Signal Power

5
0
1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2
-5

-10

-15
-20
-25

-30
Time (Secs)

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.32

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement
Sampling Theory
Average Fade Duration (AFD)

What is the sampling interval required to resolve deep


fades?

Firstly, determine what depth of fade needs to be


resolved

Use the average fade duration for that depth of fade.

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.33

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

AFD Graph
Level Crossing Rate and Average Fade Duration
10

Normalised Signal Level (dB)


Normalised Value (LCR or AFD)

1
-30 -20 -10 0 10
Normalised AFD
Normalised LCR

0.1

0.01

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.34

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement
Average Fade Duration (AFD)
Equation

R2
exp 2 1
2
f D =
R

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.35

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement
Sampling: Fast Fading
Example

What is the sampling interval required for a 1.8GHz signal to


resolve 20dB fades, assuming a vehicle speed of 50mph?

V=50mph=22m/s
Doppler frequency f D= V/ =134Hz
Normalised AFD at -20dB = 0.04 (from table)

Therefore, fDT = 0.04


T= 0.04/ fD =3x10 -4 sec
Sampling frequency f=1/T = 3.35kHz

Linear distance = VT = 22*3x10 -4 = 0.66cm

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.36

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Linear Distance vs Time Triggered Sampling

Sampling over linear distance, using a transducer, is by far


the most accurate method. However, this can sometimes be
impractical

Free running sampling may be employed. However, the


sample interval will vary with the vehicle velocity and, hence,
the accuracy may vary

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.37

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Linear Distance vs Temporal Sampling

Linear Distance Temporal


True Spatial Sampling Portability
Independent of Velocity Inefficient Data Storage
Data Storage Efficiency Velocity Dependence
1st and 2nd Order Stats Positional Accuracy of
Features
Needs Distance
Transducer
Limited Portability

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.38

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Slow Fading

Log-Normal distribution

Local Mean
Occurs over meters to tens of meters

Caused by gross features, e.g. Shadowing

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.39

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Slow Fading and Network Planning Introduction

Most relevance to planning engineers

One of the least understood areas


Typical potential sources of error for:
Propagation model performance
Coverage planning/design quality

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.40

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Slow Fading and Network Planning Brief History

Analogue Era:
RF trials for site selection and coverage validation
Propagation model refinement trials
Propagation Models and Prediction Tools;
Crude compared with today
No morphology
DTM of low-resolution (>100m, 500m typical)

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.41

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement
Slow Fading and Network Planning
Brief History (contd)

Early Digital (PCN License Issue):


Improved Propagation Models and Prediction Tools;
Model tuning and refinement
Morphology database issues.
Trend was to use Limited Trials Resource;
If a good trial and model then why bother?
Economic Arguments for RF Trials were in-escapable;
If 1000 sites in network and 10 sites too many then
$2.5M cost
Cost of incorrect site location can result in
retrospective design and patches.

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.42

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement
Sampling Theory
Local Mean Estimation

Need to assess the Confidence interval of estimation

Most accurate method is to compute from high resolution,


fast-fading measurements as a function of linear distance
traversed.

However, this is inefficient from a data collection and


storage point of view.

To estimate the local mean to within +/- 1dB, do not need to


follow the fast fading exactly, only need to sample at a rate
of approx 2.6xDoppler frequency, fD .

This relationship will be shown later.

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.43

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Local Mean Estimation

What sampling rate is required for a particular confidence


interval?

OR

or

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.44

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Local Mean Estimation

What measurement window is required?

or

or

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.45

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Local Mean Measurement Accuracy

Measurement
Accuracy Vehicle Speed
Sampling Rate
Window Size

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.46

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Sampling Theory Local Mean Estimation

5
f s/f D
0.05

4 0.1

0.2

0.5
3
1
se (dB)

2 2

0
0 50 100 150 200

Measurement Length (L/l or fd T)

Standard Deviation for the Estimate of the Mean Strength in dB u nits


as a Function of Normalised Sampling

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.47

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Sampling Theory Scanning Receivers

If multiple transmissions need to be measured, a scanning


receiver may be employed

However, due to the fact that it takes a certain length of


time for these receivers to scan to another channel
frequency, the sampling efficiency can be hugely affected

For mobile purposes, receivers operating in a scanning mode


are generally unsuitable

What is the confidence interval of the handset


BTS measurements, i.e. reported RXLEV?
NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.48

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Calibration & Basic Testing

The calibration and accuracy of measurement are an


absolute necessity at all points in the drive test procedure

Establishes a series of best practice methods


Calibration may be split into 4 elements; Receiver
calibration, Cable loss measurements, Antenna calibration,
and Location information

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.49

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement
Calibration & Basic Testing
Receiver Calibration

The ideal way of calibrating


the survey receivers to use a
CW signal source fed through CW Signal Source

S
a narrowband fading simulator
(Note: Cost implications of
simulators) Steppable
Attenuator
Typical set-up shown opposite
A comparison should be made Fading Vehicle Speed
of the local mean signals Simulator
Lognormal
before the fading simulator parameters
and after the receiver
Receiver
It is recommended that the Check
receiver be calibrated on a bi-
monthly or even monthly basis PC Data
Logger

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.50

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Calibration & Basic Testing Fading Simulator

OFFSET
OSCILLATORS
Cos w1 t

S
2sinb1 2cosb1

Cos wNot
2sinbNo 2cosbNo

S
1/V2 Cos wmt
2sina 2cosa

+ S
CARRIER OSCILLATOR +
Xs(t)
Sin Cos wct Xc (t)
wc t
S
90o

+
y(t)

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.51

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement
Calibration & Basic Testing Cable Loss
Measurements

When long lengths of feeder cable are used, it is essential


that accurate loss measurements are regularly undertaken.

Cables and connectors become worn-out through use and


must be checked for performance.

Loss measurements are best undertaken using a spectrum


analyser using a comparative technique.

The process of checking cables/connectors should be


undertaken daily, and the loss measurements on a weekly
basis.

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.52

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Calibration & Basic Testing Antennas

Main issues related to trials antennas;


Choice of antenna
Deployment
Essentially, antennas can be the Achilles heel of the RF trial
set-up

If they do not function correctly, then the whole trial itself


could prove invalid

Erroneous trials data can lead to costly error in terms of


site acceptance, rejection or placement.

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.53

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Calibration & Basic Testing Antennas

The choice of antenna is often directed by the need for gain


(link budget) and to trial as it would eventually be

Omni or sectored?
Gain is achieved at the cost of beamwidth and introduction
of gross pattern variations (nulls)

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.54

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Elevation Polar Pattern

20

10

0
-90 -60 -30 0 30 60 90

90 -10

-20

-30

-40

0
Nulls

What is being measured the path loss or the


antenna pattern?
NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.55

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Antenna Choice

The best suited default choice is omni

8dBi versions have sufficient gain without introducing


high variability in polar pattern

Easily mounted and not too susceptible to miss-


alignment

Results are easily mapped back into planning tool


High gain sectors can be used with care!

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.56

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement
Calibration and Basic Testing Location
Information

As well as the local mean signal level, the location information,


associated with the sampled data, must also be accurately
recorded.

Methods available include;


Datatrack
Coverage issues in certain areas
Bulky

GPS (DGPS)
Coverage issues (latitude, clutter)
Small units (PCMCIA versions)

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.57

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Where are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Radio Planning and Site Placement
Polygons
Key Factors affecting Site Placement
Site Placement

Antenna
RF Validation Drive Surveys
Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.58

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Site Placement Section 4.4: Site Placement

Site Placement

Summary

In this section on Site Placement you have learnt about


Factors which affect site placement, including
marketing, coverage, availability, cost and operational
issues
The use of RF validation drive surveys for placing sites

This section is important to you because


Site placement is part of your job as a planner

NJHX440E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.4.59

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 4 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

What is in This Section?


Network
Design
Link Introduction
Budgets

The Planning Antennas/Feeders


Process

Polygons Configurations

Site Placement
Diversity Separation
Antenna
Placement Masts and Towers
Frequency
Planning
Roof Top
Forward
Capacity
Planning Summary
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.3

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Why is this Section Important to You?

An understanding of the practicalities of antenna placement


is crucial to increase the realism of the radio plan

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

How Will You Learn?

This section has a worked example

Discussion is always encouraged

Worked Examples Discussion

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.5

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Introduction to Antenna Placement

Network quality very dependent on


Site Placement
Antenna Placement

Good Planning Tool + Poor Site Placement = Bad Network

Good Planning Tool + Poor Antenna Placement = Bad


Network

NJHX450E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.5.6

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Introduction to Antenna Placement

Planning tools provide outputs of:


Expected coverage
Interference levels
Capacity
Planning tools based around:
Limited assumptions
Usually base case data

Therefore Planning tool alone is insufficient

NJHX450E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.5.7

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Introduction to Antenna Placement

Good design requires:

Good planning tool


Understanding of the tools limitations
A feeling for the channel
Reasonable assumptions
Engineer capable of interpreting info & data
Good site design skills

NJHX450E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.5.8

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Introduction to Antenna Placement

Good design skills come from:

Best Practice
Experience
A good understanding of the channel and its vagaries

NJHX450E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.5.9

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Antennas/Feeders

Antennas/Feeders (LNAs) represent an Achilles heel to the network


Key Elements:

Understand their specification and the limitations over


which they are valid
Establish policies to aid implementation and subsequent
optimisation

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.10

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Section 4.5: Antenna Placemen
Network Design Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Numbering & Labelling strategy is a must

Antenna Orientation Strategy must be:

Properly referenced
Consistent
Realisable
Measurable
Accurate

NJHX450E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.5.11

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Section 4.5: Antenna Placemen
Network Design Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Example of sectored numbering & orientation

A1 A3 A2

C2 B1

C3 B3

Numbering C1 B2

Default of 3 sectors with 6 antennas


Antenna 3 (A3,B3 & C3) Contingency (see later)
NJHX450E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.5.12

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Section 4.5: Antenna Placemen
Network Design Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Co-ordinate System

Bearing ETN
EGN

Plan View of Antenna


Key : Consistency
Co-ordinate system that is constant
e.g. EMN no good when large magnetic variation occurs

NJHX450E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.5.13

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Configurations

Configuration here refers to combination of :

Antenna + LNA + Duplexers + BTS

Configuration and placement are related in a complex fashion

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.14

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Antenna Placement Section 4.5: Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Antenna Configurations
Sectored Advantages
R 11 Tx1 R 12 Minimises losses
High Capacity Sites
R 32 R 21
Redundancy

Tx3 Tx2 Disadvantages


Antenna Nos. - Rental Costs
- Loading (3rd Party Towers)
R 31 R 22
Antenna Alignment - Critical

R1

Tx R11
Spatial Antenna
MRC1
R21 S Diversity Pair
MRC2 Rn1 R2
TxI
Tx2 MRCn

Note: LNAs
Txn R12
not
R22 S included
Rn2
NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.15

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Tx1/Rx 11 Tx1/Rx 21 Advantages


Antenna Alignment
Tx/Rx
T=R Coverage
Fewer Antennas and Feeders - Rent CAPEX Loading

Disadvantages

Tx/R Extra losses of


x splitters/combiners/duplexers

Tx1

Tx3
Rx D Need High
S Isolation
Between
Tx2 Ports
MRC1

MRC2 Rx Tx4
D
S

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.16

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Sectored Antenna Alignment

Skew

Skew

Elevation Elev.

Az.

Azimuth

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.17

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Azimuth Antenna Alignment

Measurement Techniques
Trig & Survey in conjunction with map accurate
Magnetic systems are prone to error
Incorrect reading due to influence of metallic
structures

Accuracy depends on antenna type


High gain may require greater accuracy
90 o & 120o antenna better then + 5 o

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.18

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Elevation/Skew Antenna Alignment

Elevation & Skew


Trigonometric relative to datum
Inclinometers (interference pattern and electronic
types)

Accuracy
Typically need better than +- 0.5 o
Note: Typical elevation bandwidth 4 o-6 o!!!

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.19

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Antenna Shadowing

Occurs when local obstruction obscures antenna field of view

Particularly important if dual duplexing used.


i.e. TRX#1 on antenna 1
TRX#2 on antenna 2

Also important when considering soft handover together


with the various diversity schemes and the improvements
that they afford

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.20

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Antenna Shadowing Example

Sector Boundary

Building

Antenna
Shadowed
Area Direction

Antennas

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.21

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Effects of Shadowing

Link Imbalance
Reduced diversity
Reduced downlink power received at MS

Reduced BCCH compared with TCH (GSM)


Potential impairment to diversity
Downlink transmit diversity

Space Time Transmit Diversity (STTD)


Time Switched Transmit Diversity (TSTD)
Uplink Site Selection Diversity Transmission in Soft
handover

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.22

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Possible Solution

Raise Antennas

or use Stand-Off brackets


(Operational Access Issues)

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.23

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Antenna Skew and Diversity

Note: Skew here is relative displacement and not angle from the
vertical

Horizontal separation has azimuthal angular dependence


Generally aligned broadside to sector direction
Buildings often not conducive to such angles
Therefore : Antenna skew occurs when antennas are mounted on
building face

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.24

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Antenna Placement Section 4.5: Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Recap Horizontal Separation (1900MHz)

Horizontal Antenna Cross-correlation


10 degrees
1.0
90 degrees
Envelope Cross-correlation

0.9
0.8 60 degrees
0.7 30 degrees
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00
Antenna Separation (m)

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.25

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Antenna Placement Section 4.5: Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Ideal Arrangement

8-10

60o 60o

20l Building

Practical Realisation
a a
8-10

60o 60o

Building
d

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.26

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Let x be the effective separation at boundary

x
60o +

cos (60 + ) = x d
d 0 D
d = x 5 1.2D
cos(60+ ) 10 1.5D
15 2D
Note : As 30o then d 20 2.9D
8

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.27

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Masts & Towers

There are two basic categories of mast/tower:

Self provided
Third party
Where antenna height location are attainable then:

Self provided is best


Third party towers generally have issues of:
Rent/Lease (often based on antenna Nos and location)
Available positions, loading

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.28

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Self Provided Masts & Towers

Total control of RF environment (Interference)

Access controlled
EMF
Maintenance
Grillage orientation important (datum)
Headframe orientation

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.29

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Self Provided Masts & Towers

Lattice Towers Monopoles

Self Standing Less obtrusive

Guyed Difficult to upgrade

Upgradeable Costs

High Load Bearing

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.30

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Third Party Masts

Can design height be achieved?

Interference Issues

Antennas (LNAs) accessible?

Climbing Issues

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.31

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Interference

Own Network Other Users

What is RF environment?

Coupling with other systems


Antenna Separation
Filtering

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.32

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Antenna Placement Section 4.5: Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

RF Environment

Other Users
Antenna
Coupling

LNA

Own
Antenna
Coupling Coupling

Coupling

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.33

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Roof Top Sites

Usually highest proportion of a network

Can pose significant challenges


Tend to be bespoke designs

Can be biggest source of problems

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.34

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Advantages:

Low rent
Simple builds - quick

Accessibility
Power + E1/T1 availability

Planning Laws (GDO)


Microwave transmission hubbing
Can provide coverage vantage points

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.35

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Disadvantages:

High rent
Protracted lease / legals

Expensive builds
Liabilities

Upgrade + Expansion problems


Coverage problems due to antenna layout

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.36

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Antenna Placement Section 4.5: Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Selection Page

13 13

Plant Room Facia Mount Plant Room Pole Mount

13 13

Parapet Face Mount Stub Mast

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.37

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Parapet Face Mount

13

Antenna pattern perturbation (30 degs limit)


Antenna Shadowing
Access
Excessive Feeder Runs
Can be made Unobtrusive
Overcomes EMF issues (provided no windows or
window cleaners gantries in path

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.38

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Parapet Pole Mount

13

Excessive Feeder Runs


Obtrusive (Sometimes)
Access
Reduced Shadowing Effects

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.39

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Plant Room Pole Mount

13

Reduced obstruction to antennas


Minimised and equalised feeder lengths
Reduced EMF
Obtrusive

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.40

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Plant Room Facia Mount

13

Less obtrusive
Can reduce EMF (height!!!)
Minimised and equalised feeder lengths

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.41

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Stub Mast

13

Minimised and equalised feeder lengths


Access for rooftop works (air conditioning etc. etc.)
Platform for microwave units
No EMF issues
Good Coverage
Standardised Design
Obtrusive
NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.42

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

RF Obstruction Clearance

Two approaches:

Fresnel zone clearance

Antenna geometry perspective

Both cases should utilise validation trials data

Avoid inaccessible antennas with excessive feeder runs

Common sense should prevail

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.43

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Antenna Placement Section 4.5: Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

RF Clearance of Local Obstructions

13 Secondary
h? Source of
Emission

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.44

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Antenna Placement Section 4.5: Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Antenna Geometry Perspective

tilt angle
v


13 h
H
hp

d
H = h + hp = d tan ( + v) + hp
2

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.45

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Where Are We Now?


Network
Design
Link Introduction
Budgets

The Planning Antennas/Feeders


Process

Polygons Configurations

Site Placement
Diversity Separation
Antenna
Placement Masts and Towers
Frequency
Planning
Roof Top
Forward
Capacity
Planning Summary
Operators
Design Guides

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.46

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.5: Antenna Placement
Antenna Placement

Antenna Placement

Summary

In this section on Antenna Placement you have learnt about


Antennas/Feeders
Configurations
Diversity Separation
Masts, Towers and Rooftops

This section is important to you because


Antenna Placement is a crucial aspect of radio planning
for coverage and diversity

NJHX450E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.5.47

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 5 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

What is in This Section?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Co- and Adjacent Channel Interference
Polygons

Frequency Reuse
Site Placement

Antenna GSM Frequency Planning Examples


Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.3

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Why is this Section Important to You?

Frequency Planning is of central importance in GSM


Both GSM and UMTS are interference-limited networks
because of the fact that frequencies are reused

In GSM, interference cannot be tolerated, and GSM


requires macro management of the interference in the
form of Frequency Planning

In UMTS, a level of interference is tolerated, and UMTS


employs a range of micro management schemes to manage
the interference

This section is included for completeness as a recap of


principles in GSM, and as a reminder that the situation is
very different in WCDMA

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

How Will You Learn?

Worked Examples Discussion

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.5

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Where are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Co- and Adjacent Channel Interference
Polygons

Frequency Reuse
Site Placement

Antenna GSM Frequency Planning Examples


Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.6

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Once cell locations planned where needed, then must plan


the frequencies of each cell

Limiting factor in a cellular system is the number of


available frequencies

To meet the traffic demand a cellular system re-uses these


frequencies throughout the network

Frequency reuse causes potential problems such as co-


channel and adjacent channel interference

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.7

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Co-channel Interference

Interference caused by the use of the same frequency in other


cells

In order to receive the wanted signal this interference must be


much less than the wanted signal

A measure of the amount of interference experienced is the


Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I)

The required C/I is achieved through the use of a suitable reuse


distance

Reuse Distance

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.8

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Adjacent Channel Interference

Interference due to transmission on an adjacent channel


Usually adjacent channels are not allocated within the same
cell

F0 F1 F2 F3

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.9

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Where are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Co- and Adjacent Channel Interference
Polygons

Frequency Reuse
Site Placement

Antenna GSM Frequency Planning Examples


Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.10

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Frequency Reuse

Frequency 1

Cell Frequency 2

Frequency 3

Frequency 4

Frequency 5

Frequency 6

Frequency 7
Base Site

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001


4.6.11

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Frequency Reuse

Cell Cluster

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001


4.6.12

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Frequency Reuse

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001


4.6.13

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Frequency Reuse

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001


4.6.14

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Frequency Reuse

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001


4.6.15

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning
Section 4.6: Frequency Plannin

Frequency Planning

Frequency Reuse

Example shows a 7 cell re-use


or cluster size f2
f1 f3
Possible cluster sizes are given
f7
by the equation:
f6 f4
f5 f2
N = i + ij + j
2 2
f2 f1 f3
f1 f3 f7
where i and j are non-negative f7 f6 f4
integers f6 f4 f5
f5

NJHX460E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.6.16

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Cluster Sizes

Example cluster sizes are given in the table below

i j Cluster Size
0 1 1
1 1 3
2 0 4
2 1 7
3 0 9
2 2 12
3 1 13
3 2 16
4 0 19
4 1 21
NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.17

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design
Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Typical Re-use Patterns

7
4 7 6 2
1 3 6 2 1
3 4 2 4 1 5 3
2 2 1 3 1 5 3 4
1 1 2 4 2 4 7
3 3 4 1 3 7 6 2
2 2 3 2 4 6 2 1
1 1 2 4 1 1 5 3
3 1 3 2 5 3 4
2 4

Re-use Pattern of 3 Re-use Pattern of 4 Re-use Pattern of 7

NJHX460E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.6.18

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Sectored Re-use Patterns

The equation N = i 2 + ij + j 2 may also be applied to cell plans


incorporating sectored cells

A sectored reuse is described as AxB where


A is the site reuse factor
B is the number of sectors per site
For example a 3/9 reuse pattern means that there are 3
sites and 9 frequency groups in each cluster

In this case each cell consists of 3 sectors

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.19

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Section 4.6: Frequency Plannin
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Typical Sectored Re-use Patterns

2 4
8 6 8 2 5 3
9 11 9 1 4 7 2 2
3 1 3 6
3 1 1
5 7 5 7 8 2 3 3
10 12 10 7 1 2 2
4 2 4
9 3 1 1
6 8 6 2 5 3
9 11 9 1 4 7
3 1 3 6

4/12 Re-use 3/9 Re-use 1/3 Re-use Pattern


Pattern Pattern

NJHX460E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.6.20

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Section 4.6: Frequency Plannin
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Frequency Re-use Distance

The Frequency Re-use Distance is the distance between base


stations using the same frequency group

f2
f1 f3
f7
f6 f4
f5 f2
f2 f1 f3
f1 Df3 f6
f7
f4
f7
f6 f4 f5
f5

Example: Given the above diagram and the geometry of a hexagon,


derive an equation for D in terms of N and R

NJHX460E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.6.21

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Frequency Re-use Distance

Solution
D2 = a2 + b 2

a = 3R b = 5R 3
2 2

b D2 = 9R2 + 25R2 x 3
D
4 4

a D2 = 21R2

D = R 3N
NJHX460E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.6.22

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Example Re-use Distances

D = R 3N

N D

3 3R

7 4.6R

12 6R

19 7.55R

NJHX460E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.6.23

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Carrier to Interference Ratio (1)

Assuming interference
only from first tier :
Effective
C C interfering tier
=
I K
Ik
k =1 C R-n

C
=
R n
=
( 3N )n I D-n
I 6D n 6 where n is the radio path loss
exponent
NJHX460E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.6.24

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design
Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Carrier to Interference Ratio (2)

Example:

If a carrier to interference ratio of 15 dB is required for


satisfactory performance of a cellular system, what is the
re-use factor and cluster size that should be used if the path
loss exponent is a) n = 4, b) n = 3 ?
Assume only the first tier causes interference and that
there are 6 co-channel cells within the first tier. Assume all
interferers are equidistant from the mobile.

NJHX460E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.6.25

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Section 4.6: Frequency Plannin
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Carrier to Interference Ratio (3)

Solution

a) n = 4 b) n = 3
Consider 7 cell reuse, Consider 12 cell reuse,
3N = 4.583 3N = 6
C ( 4.583) C ( 6)
4 3

= = 73.527 = = 36.0
I 6 I 6
= 18.66 dB = 1556
. dB
7 cell reuse can be used 12 cell reuse must be used

NJHX460E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.6.26

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Section 4.6: Frequency Plannin
Network Design Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Carrier to Interference: Sectored Cells

Interference from only


3 cells of first tier D
R
C ( 3N)n
= = 18.57dB
I 3

3dB gain over non-


sectored case (15.56)

Effective
interfering tier

NJHX460E.PPT
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
4.6.27

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Frequency Reuse Distance

A large reuse distance results in low co-channel interference


and low capacity

A shorter reuse distance will result in a higher capacity but


higher levels of co-channel interference

The lower the interference the better the speech quality


Frequency planning therefore results in a compromise
between quality and capacity

Reuse Distance

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.28

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Spectral Allocation and Number of Channels

The number of channels available to a particular operator is


dependent upon their spectral allocation and the bandwidth
of each radio channel

For example an allocation of 2x5 MHz would allow


25 GSM 200 kHz duplex carriers
5 IS-95 (CDMA) 1.25 MHz duplex carriers
166 AMPS 30 kHz duplex carriers

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.29

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Frequency Groups

In order to facilitate frequency planning, frequencies are


divided into frequency groups

If total number of frequencies is N, and number of


frequency groups is F then each group will contain N/F
frequencies

Cells are allocated frequency groups to facilitate frequency


reuse

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.30

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Where are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Co- and Adjacent Channel Interference
Polygons

Frequency Reuse
Site Placement

Antenna GSM Frequency Planning Examples


Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.31

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

GSM Frequency Planning Example

Assume an operator is allocated 2x7.2 MHz


This allows 36 frequencies (200 kHz carriers)

In GSM frequencies are given an Absolute Radio Frequency


Channel Number (ARFCN)

The ARFCN and UL/DL frequencies are related by

Fuplink = 890 .0MHz + ( 0.2MHz ) n

Fuplink = Fdownlink + 45 MHz

n = ARFCN, 1 n 124

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.32

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

GSM Frequency Planning Example

We assume that our operator is allocated GSM frequency


channels 1 to 36

And that a 4/12 (4 sites, 12 frequency groups per cluster)


re-use pattern will be used

This therefore provides 12 groups with 3 frequencies per


group

Groups are labeled (A1,B1,C1,D1,A2, , D3)


Where the letter relates to the site and the number relates
to the sector

This allows simple frequency allocation resulting in the


following Frequency Allocation Table

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.33

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Frequency Allocation Table

Frequency Group A1 B1 C1 D1 A2 B2 C2 D2 A3 B3 C3 D3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Frequency
(ARFCNs)
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.34

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

A1 A1 A1

A1 A1 A1 A1

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.35

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

B1 B1 B1

A1 A1 A1

B1 B1

A1 A1 A1 A1

B1 B1 B1

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.36

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1

A1 A1 A1

B1 C1 B1 C1 B1 C1

A1 A1 A1 A1

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.37

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1

D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1

B1 C1 B1 C1 B1 C1

A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.38

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1

D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1
A2 A2 A2

B1 C1 B1 C1 B1 C1

A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1
A2 A2 A2

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.39

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
B2 B2 B2

D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1
A2 A2 A2

B1 C1 B1 C1 B1 C1
B2 B2 B2 B2

A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1
A2 A2 A2

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
B2 B2 B2

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.40

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2

D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1
A2 A2 A2

B1 C1 B1 C1 B1 C1
B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2

A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1
A2 A2 A2

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.41

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2

D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1
A2 D2 A2 D2 A2 D2

B1 C1 B1 C1 B1 C1
B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2

A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1
D2 A2 D2 A2 D2 A2

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.42

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2
A3 A3 A3 D3
D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1
A2 D2 A2 D2 A2 D2

B1 C1 B1 C1 B1 C1
B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2
A3 A3 A3
A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1
D2 A2 D2 A2 D2 A2

C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.43

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

B3 B3 B3
C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2
A3 A3 A3
D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1
A2 D2 A2 D2 A2 D2
B3 B3 B3 B3
B1 C1 B1 C1 B1 C1
B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2
A3 A3 A3
A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1
D2 A2 D2 A2 D2 A2
B3 B3 B3
C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.44

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

C3 B3 C3 B3 C3 B3 C3
C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2
A3 A3 A3
D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1
A2 D2 A2 D2 A2 D2
B3 C3 B3 C3 B3 C3 B3
B1 C1 B1 C1 B1 C1
B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2
A3 A3 A3
A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1
D2 A2 D2 A2 D2 A2
C3 B3 C3 B3 C3 B3 C3
C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.45

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

C3 B3 C3 B3 C3 B3 C3
C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2
A3 D3 A3 D3 A3 D3
D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1
A2 D2 A2 D2 A2 D2
B3 C3 B3 C3 B3 C3 B3
B1 C1 B1 C1 B1 C1
B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2
D3 A3 D3 A3 D3 A3
A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1
D2 A2 D2 A2 D2 A2
C3 B3 C3 B3 C3 B3 C3
C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.46

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

C3 B3 C3 B3 C3 B3 C3
C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2
A3 D3 A3 D3 A3 D3
D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1
A2 D2 A2 D2 A2 D2
B3 C3 B3 C3 B3 C3 B3
B1 C1 B1 C1 B1 C1
B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2
D3 A3 D3 A3 D3 A3
A1 D1 A1 D1 A1 D1 A1
D2 A2 D2 A2 D2 A2
C3 B3 C3 B3 C3 B3 C3
C1 B1 C1 B1 C1 B1
C2 B2 C2 B2 C2 B2 C2

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.47

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
4/12 Cell Plan

Given such a frequency plan and a cell radius of 3km would


lead to a frequency re-use distance of

D = 3 3 * 12 = 18km

With 3 frequencies per group

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.48

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

GSM Frequency Planning Example - 3/9

We again assume that our operator is allocated GSM


frequency channels 1 to 36

And that a 3/9 (3 sites, 9 frequency groups per cluster) re-


use pattern will be used

This therefore provides 9 groups with 4 frequencies per


group

Groups are labeled (A1,B1,C1,A2, , C3)


Where the letter relates to the site and the number relates
to the sector

This allows simple frequency allocation resulting in the


following Frequency Allocation Table

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.49

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
3/9 Frequency Allocation Table

Frequency Group A1 B1 C1 A2 B2 C2 A3 B3 C3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Frequency 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(ARFCNs)
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.50

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
3/9 Cell Plan

A1 A1
A3 A3
A2 A2
A1 A1
A3 A3
A2 A2
A1 A1
A3 A3
A2 A2
A1 A1
A3 A3
A2 A2

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.51

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
3/9 Cell Plan

A1 B1 A1 B1
A3 B3 A3 B3
A2 B2 A2 B2
B1 A1 B1 A1 B1
B3 A3 B3 A3 B3
B2 A2 B2 A2 B2
A1 B1 A1 B1
A3 B3 A3 B3
A2 B2 A2 B2
B1 A1 B1 A1
B3 A3 B3 A3
B2 A2 B2 A2

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.52

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
3/9 Cell Plan

C1 A1 B1 C1 A1 B1 C1
C3 A3 B3 C3 A3 B3 C3
C2 A2 B2 C2 A2 B2 C2
B1 C1 A1 B1 C1 A1 B1
B3 C3 A3 B3 C3 A3 B3
B2 C2 A2 B2 C2 A2 B2
C1 A1 B1 C1 A1 B1 C1
C3 A3 B3 C3 A3 B3 C3
C2 A2 B2 C2 A2 B2 C2
B1 C1 A1 B1 C1 A1
B3 C3 A3 B3 C3 A3
B2 C2 A2 B2 C2 A2

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.53

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
3/9 Cell Plan

Given such a frequency plan and a cell radius of 3km would


lead to a frequency re-use distance of

D = 3 3 *9 = 15.6 km
With 4 frequencies per group
Leading to a higher capacity than the 4/12 system but an
overall lower C/I and therefore lower quality.

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.54

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
BCCH Planning

Given 3 frequencies per group, at least one of these


frequencies will be used to carry the Broadcast Control
Channel (BCCH) on timeslot 0 within each cell

All other slots of BCCH frequency filled with dummy bursts if


unused

A1

A2

A3

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.55

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning
GSM Frequency Planning Example
BCCH Planning

The BCCH is very important for call setup and HO


Must be planned to avoid excessive interference
To achieve a higher C/I BCCH can be assigned a different
frequency to nearby cells using same group

A1
A2
A1
A3
A2
A3

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.56

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Fractional Loading

Much tighter frequency reuse plans such as 3/9 maybe


employed through the use of Slow Frequency Hopping (SFH)
and fractional loading

2 5
1 4
3 6
8 2
7 1
9 3
5

3/9 Re-use Pattern

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.57

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Frequency Planning Section 4.6: Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Fractional Loading

Since SFH averages the interference experience by a


particular BTS/MS within the system, if only a number of
channels are occupied a much lower level of interference is
experienced

A1
A2
A1
A3
A2
A3

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.58

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Partial Reuse

A novel reuse scheme whereby users close to the base station


use a tighter reuse than those further away

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.59

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Where are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process
Co- and Adjacent Channel Interference
Polygons

Frequency Reuse
Site Placement

Antenna GSM Frequency Planning Examples


Placement

Frequency Summary
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.60

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.6: Frequency Planning
Frequency Planning

Frequency Planning

Summary

This section on Frequency Planning is a review of Frequency


Planning for GSM

It is included for completeness as a recap of principles in


GSM, and as a reminder that the situation is very different
in WCDMA

NJHX460E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.6.61

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 6 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

What is in This Section?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process

Polygons

Site Placement Forward Capacity Planning Points For Discussion


Antenna
Placement Summary
Frequency
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.3

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

Why is this Section Important to You?

Planning for future capacity requirements is an essential


element of the radio planners job

An understanding of the issues and uncertainties in the task


is crucial for success in this area

NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

How Will You Learn?

The area of Forward Capacity Planning is uncertain

This section contains a range of issues for discussion

Discussion

NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.5

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

What is in This Section?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process

Polygons

Site Placement Forward Capacity Planning Points For Discussion


Antenna
Placement Summary
Frequency
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.6

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning UMTS vs GSM

GSM (TDMA) UMTS (WCDMA)


Fuzzy Universe
Clockwork Universe

Primarily voice True multimedia voice and


variable rate data services
Very little data Uncertain traffic mix what
services will people use?
No need to understand positions Service availability depends
of users within cells on location of users in cells
NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.7

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning - GSM

Short term
Initial Capacity Plan
Optimisation

Medium term
More sites, infill and targeted coverage (malls etc.)
More TRXs

Long term
Hierarchical cell structures
Frequency Hopping
Additional spectrum
GPRS

NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.8

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning - UMTS

Short term
Initial Capacity Plan
Optimisation
Spectrum management, carrier selection and co-location/co-
siting issues

Medium term
Optimisation
Changes in sectorisation (e.g. tri-sectored site upgraded to
hex-sectored)
Adding carriers (current or additional spectrum)
Long term
Multi-user detection
Multiple beam antennas
TDD
NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.9

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning Strategy

A strategy for forward capacity planning must be in place


during the initial network planning process
Initial plan to be based on information from Marketing,
giving distribution of users and services (i.e. traffic mix)
Sensitivity analysis

What if scenarios with planning tool


Operator-specific templates
Couple radio capacity planning with the transport layer
and core network dimensioning to ensure end-to-end
Quality of Service

NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.10

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

Ongoing Refinement of Strategy

Capacity planning does not stop with the implementation of


the initial capacity plan!

Use measured network traffic in the operational network to


continually refine the strategy and plan
Traffic volume
Traffic variety
Traffic location (geographic distributions) utilising
position information (50m)

What sophisticated tools are available for gathering data?

Data gathering and analysis will be a major challenge

NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.11

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

Tools and Techniques Available


Adjust traffic parameters with datafill
Admission control to share load amongst sites

Microcell deployment is quicker than macrocell, but requires a


different planning regime

Intelligent traffic management e.g. off-loading traffic into


microcells

Are Node Bs fully equipped from day 1?


Additional sectors
Additional carriers
Apportioning downlink power 20W must be efficiently shared
between common and dedicated channels
Use of Power Amplifiers?
Squeezing the best out of the remaining power?

NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.12

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

Where are We Now?


Network
Design
Link
Budgets

The Planning
Process

Polygons

Site Placement Forward Capacity Planning Points For Discussion


Antenna
Placement Summary
Frequency
Planning

Forward
Capacity
Planning

Operators
Design Guides

NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.13

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Design Section 4.7: Forward Capacity Planning
Forward Capacity Planning

Forward Capacity Planning

Summary

This section raised a number of issues in the area of


Forward Capacity Planning, for discussion

NJHX470E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 4.7.14

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 7 / 11
Network Optimization

WCDMA Radio Planning Course


5 Optimisation
5.3 3G Optimisation

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 8 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.0: Overview of Module 5

Overview of Module 5

Contents of Module 5
Optimisation
The fifth Module reviews conventional optimisation and
discusses likely techniques and strategies for 3G

5.1 Radio resource management


within the WCDMA environment
Radio Resource
Management 5.2 Review of established optimisation
Conventional techniques used in existing 2G networks
Optimisation

3G 5.3 Important issues for 3G optimisation:


Optimisation
Coverage containment, neighbour
Course definitions, handovers and C.W., as well as
Wash Up ongoing optimisation in a maturing
network

5.4 Discussion session to review the


whole course

5.0.4
Mason Communications Ltd 2001
NJHX500E.PPT

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 8 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

What is in This Section?


Optimisation

Introduction to RRM

Power Control
Radio Resource
Management Handover Control
Conventional
Optimisation
Admission Control
3G
Optimisation
Load Control
Course
Wash Up
Packet Scheduler

Packet Scheduler
Summary

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.3

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Why is this Section Important to You?

There are few parameters at the Operators disposal in


order to deploy and create differentiation between other
operators networks. Radio Resource Management is a set of
tools and algorithms which the Operator can use to help
Optimise his network

In GSM the Radio Resource Management was a trivial task,


and was embedded within Vendor Equipment. In UMTS
Vendor Equipment will have default algorithms, but will need
modifying to Optimise Performance.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

Introduction to RRM

Power Control
Radio Resource
Management Handover Control
Conventional
Optimisation
Admission Control
3G
Optimisation
Load Control
Course
Wash Up
Packet Scheduler

Packet Scheduler
Summary

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.5

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Introduction to RRM

Radio Resource Management (RRM) is responsible for


Utilisation of the Air Interface Resources.

RRM provides mechanisms to Manage the Air Interface


resources. These mechanisms can be adjusted by the
Operator in order to suit particular scenarios, and/or
optimise his network.

RRM provides the tools to allow Coverage, Capacity and


Quality to be Optimised

Quality

Future
Network

Network
Now

Coverage Capacity
NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.6

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Introduction to RRM

A typical Operator RRM


Optimisation Process is
defined:
Mason
An operator will carry out
Field measurements and actual
Simulated Network Loading Testbed Simulations Live and simulated
measurements on his
network,
Simulator test bed
simulations (e.g.
Analysis
Dynamic Simulator)

Analyse the results


Change RRM Propose changes in RRM
Parameters
parameters

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.7

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Introduction to RRM

RRM can be divided into:


Handover
Power Control
Admission Control
Load Control
Mobile Station Base Station RNC Packet Scheduling
Function
Power Control Power Control Power Control
Load Control Handover Control RRM functions are carried out
Admission Control by different entities within
Load Control
the RNS as shown.
Packet Scheduler

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.8

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Introduction to RRM
Network Orientated Functions

RRM operates on Connection


and Network/Cell based
functions
Admission Control
Load Control Admission Control, Load
Packet Scheduler Control, and Packet Scheduler
are Network based functions.
These algorithms control the
radio resources of a Cell at
Connection Orientated Functions once

Power Control and Handover


Control are Radio Resource
Connection (RRC) based
functions, and operate on a
per connection basis.
Power Control
Handover Control

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.9

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Introduction to RRM

Power Control maintains radio link level quality of a call through


adjustment of the Uplink and Downlink powers. The aim of Power
Control is to provide just enough power to maintain link quality, no
more, no less power.
Handover Control also maintains the radio link level quality by
optimum cell selection, or combining in handovers.
Admission Control decides whether a request to establish a
connection is admitted into the Cell or not. Admission Control aims
to ensure stability and high capacity in the cell.
Load Control provides load information of the cells controlled by
the RNC and provides information to the Admission Control and
Packet Scheduler for control purposes. In overload scenarios, th e
Load Control carries out recovery actions through the functions of
Admission Control, Power Control, and Packet Scheduler.
Packet Scheduler schedules non Real Time radio access bearers.
The Traffic load of the cell determines the scheduled transmission
capacity.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.10

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

Introduction to RRM

Power Control
Radio Resource
Management Handover Control
Conventional
Optimisation
Admission Control
3G
Optimisation
Load Control
Course
Wash Up
Packet Scheduler

Packet Scheduler
Summary

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.11

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Power Control

Power Control contains the following entities:


Uplink (open loop) PC and Random Access procedure
Outer (open loop) PC (10-100Hz)
Fast (closed loop) PC (1500Hz)
PC for DL common physical channels

Standards specify Fast PC steps 1500 times a second as:


+/-0.5dB steps
+/-1dB steps

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.12

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Power Control Outer Loop


RNC
Outer loop PC controls the
Eb/No set point.

For Uplink the Outer loop PC is


located in the RNC
The Eb/No targets are sent
Macro diversity from RNC to BS as shown
Combining
For Downlink the Outer loop PC
Outer Loop is located in the MS
Power Control
The Operator must set Target
Eb/Nos based upon QoS
targets (such as BER, FER), and
Eb/No dynamic range to cater
Eb/No Target set for all speeds and channels
by Outer Loop PC
Such Eb/No Targets can be
derived from Link Level
simulations and/or real surveys.
Data
Outer Loop PC Commands
Fast PC Commands

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.13

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Power Control Outer Loop


AMR Speech, FER = 1%. WCDMA for UMTS page 196.
Multipath Channel
Non-fading
Speed
any
Average Eb/No Target
5.3 dB
Table illustrates range of Target
ITU Pedestrian A 3 km/h 5.9dB Eb/Nos to be expected for Voice
AMR service withy QoS set by
ITU Pedestrian A 20 km/h 6.8 dB
ITU Pedestrian A 50 km/h 6.8 dB
ITU Pedestrian A
3-path equal powers
120 km/h
3 km/h
7.1 dB
6.0 dB
FER=1%.
3-path equal powers 20 km/h 6.4 dB
3-path equal powers 50 km/h 6.4 dB All possible Multipath
3-path equal powers 120 km/h 6.9 dB
environments and speeds results
in a Eb/No Target Dynamic Range
requirement of only 2 -3dB.
Step Size = 0.125dB (very small!)
7 As Mobile approaches cell edge
Target Eb/No (dB)

Eb/No Target ramps right up.


6
This requires much greater
5 dynamic range, typically 10dB.

4 Different services may require


different ranges, and dynamic
Time (order of seconds) ranges.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.14

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Power Control Fast Power Control

Uplink Eb/No Values with and without


Fast Power Control
Fast Power Control has been
discussed in detail in section 4.1
(Link Budgets)
Without Fast With Fast Gain from Fast
Multipath Channel Power Control Power Control Power Control
ITU Pedestrian A 3km/h 11.3dB 5.5dB 5.8dB

Fast power control inherently


ITU Vehicular 3 km/h 8.5dB 6.7dB 1.8dB
ITU Vehicular 50 km/h 6.8dB 7.3dB -0.5dB
helps to lower the Eb/No in a
WCDMA for UMTS, P.189 fading channel as shown left.
Radio Channel Fading profile

20
Received Eb/No is kept stable but
Tx Power is peaky and results in
15

10

5
Average Power Rise, which needs
to be considered in planning.
0
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
-5

Fast PC occurs at 1500Hz


-10

-15

-20

Fast Power Control


Fast PC steps 0.5dB or 1dB (this
20
results in negligible Quantisation
15

10
Noise)
Fast PC estimation and correction
5

delay ~ 1 Slot (0.667ms)


0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
-5

-10

-15

-20

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.15

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Power Control Fast Power Control

Some Fast PC Considerations


Power Control in SHO
Downlink PC Drifting

Reduce dynamic range on Fast Power Control but we


need good dynamics for Fast PC to provide Eb/No Gain

Power Drifting prevention algorithm (Nokia)


Reliability of Uplink Power Control Commands

Data is Macro diversity combined in MS, Power control


bits are not (Data gets SHO Gain, Control doesnt!)

Increase power of DL DPDCH bits


Power

Data1 TPC TFCI Data2 Pilot

1 Slot = 0.667ms
NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.16

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

Introduction to RRM

Power Control
Radio Resource
Management Handover Control
Conventional
Optimisation
Admission Control
3G
Optimisation
Load Control
Course
Wash Up
Packet Scheduler

Packet Scheduler
Summary

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.17

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Handover Control
Softer Handover Soft Handover
The performance benefits from SHO
were discussed and presented during
section 4.1 Link Budgets.

Recap There exists a number of


Handover Types and strategies.
There are:

Soft Handovers
Soft (Cell to Cell)
Softer (Sector to Sector same
Intra -frequency
Handover
Cell)
Freq 1 Freq 1
Hard Handover
Intra-frequency Hard
Inter-frequency Handover
Handover
Freq 1 Freq 2 Inter-frequency Hard
Handover
Inter-system WCDMA
GSM
Inter-System Hard Handover
Handover FDD

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.18

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Handover Control Soft Handover

GSM In GSM Hard Handover is used,


together with a Hysteris margin.

In the event that Cell 1 is fully

Cell 1 Cell 2 loaded and Cell 2 isnt fully loaded


neighbour planning allows the mobile
to remain connected to Cell 2.

If this scenario occurs with UMTS


Cell 1 will receive significant
Intercell Interference.
Actual Cell Area Limits
In UMTS if Cell 1 is fully loaded,
UMTS under no circumstances should the
mobile remain connected to Cell 1 as
this will affect all other users


connected to Cell 1.
Cell 1 Cell 2 Admission Control is used to manage
this scenario. For example another
Mobile in Cell 1 could be handed off
to another Cell to allow the Mobile
to be connected to Cell 1.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.19

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Handover Control Soft Handover


Too little SHO Margin
Interference not There exists an
Optimally Managed optimum Capacity/Cell
as a function of SHO
Optimum Operating Point Margin

This optimum will vary


800 Too much SHO Margin
from cell to cell
Average Cell Capacity (Mbps)

Consuming Capacity depending upon


network parameters,
600 spatial loading of
users, and existing
Interference
400
Graph is purely
illustrative to
200 demonstrate that an
optimum may exist

SHO Optimisation
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 allows the Operator to
Cell to Cell SHO Margin (dB) make best use of the
UMTS network

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.20

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Handover Control Softer Handover

RNC Soft Handover requires that the


Uplink received signals at each
different receiving Base Station
have to be despread to allow
transmission across the fixed
network. This looses Amplitude
Information and therefore only
allows Selection Combining at the
RNC to be available.

Softer Handover is essentially the


same as Soft Handover.

Advantage of Softer Handover is


that the Maximal Combining can
occur on both Uplink and Downlink,
where Combining occurs at the
Base Station for the Uplink.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.21

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Handover Control Soft/Softer Handover


Example Soft(er) Handover Algorithm shown
(from 3GPP TR 25.922 Radio Resource Management Strategies).

T T T
Measurement
Quantity
CPICH 1

As_Th +As_Th_Hyst

AS_Th AS_Th_Hyst
As_Rep_ Hyst

CPICH 2

CPICH 3

Time

Event 1A Event 1C Event 1B


Cell 1 Connected
Add Cell 2 Replace Cell 1 with Cell 3 RemoveCell 3

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.22

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Handover Control Hard Handover

Inter-Frequency Hard
Handover is used when Soft
Handover is not viable, such as
the case when a candidate
Handover Cell on the same
Freq 1 Freq 2
Carrier Frequency is fully
loaded.
Inter-frequency
Hard Handover
Hysteresis Margins are used
between Candidate Carriers in
this case to avoid multiple
Handover Transitions.
Gaps in Transmission on the
Physical Channel are required
in order to make
measurements of Candidate
Carriers. (Compressed Mode).

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.23

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Handover Control Hard Handover

Intra-Frequency Hard
Handover is often called Cell
reselection.

This special Hard Handover


case can be used for Packet
Freq 1 Freq 1
based services using the
Random Access (RACH) or
Intra -frequency
Hard Handover
Forward Access (FACH),
where cell reselection can be
used between packet bursts.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.24

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Handover Control Hard Handover

Inter System Handover is a


service concept within 3G.
WCDMA FDD GSM Dual Synthesiser radios required.
Measurements must be made on
GSM and UMTS networks.
GSM1800/UMTS Handover
requires the use of Compressed
Mode measurements due to lack
of isolation.

GSM BSS unaffected by 3G to 2G


Handovers for Circuit Switched
services. Issues with GPRS
however.

2G to 3G Handovers being
addressed by 3GPP. Only exists
for Circuit Switched services.
Expected Software upgrades on
BSS to achieve 2G to 3G
Handovers.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.25

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

Introduction to RRM

Power Control
Radio Resource
Management Handover Control
Conventional
Optimisation
Admission Control
3G
Optimisation
Load Control
Course
Wash Up
Packet Scheduler

Packet Scheduler
Summary

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.26

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Admission Control

Cell Air Interface Load must not


Uplink noise Rise as a Function of Uplink Data Throughput

increase beyond the design or


20

18 planned Maximum Capacity,


16 otherwise Cell Range, and hence
QoS targets will be jeopardised.
14

Before a new connection is made


Noise Rise (dB)

12

the Admission Control must check


I that admission will not take
10

8
capacity above planned maximum.
6
Admission Control Algorithm
4 Maximum estimates the incremental Noise
Planned
2
Noise Rise Rise, I, that would result if a
L Mobile and its associated
0
0 400 800 1200 1600 Incremental Load on the Cell , L
Throughput (kbps) is admitted.

Incremental Cell Load I, must be


estimated separately for Uplink
and Downlink.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.27

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Admission Control

Two methods for estimating I


Uplink Noise Rise as function of Uplink data Throughput and
Intercell Interference
are presented in WCDMA for
10 UMTS, H. Holma.
10%
9

Wideband Power Load Estimation


25%
8 50%

Based Admission Control


75%
7
90%
Noise Rise (dB)

5 Throughput Load Estimation Based


4 Admission Control
3

0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Throughput (kbps)

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.28

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

Introduction to RRM

Power Control
Radio Resource
Management Handover Control
Conventional
Optimisation
Admission Control
3G
Optimisation
Load Control
Course
Wash Up
Packet Scheduler

Packet Scheduler
Summary

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.29

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Load Control
Under Control Under Control
of the of the The Task of Load Control is to
Admission Control Packet Scheduler
ensure that the network does
not become overloaded or
Max Load unstable. If the network is
Target
overloaded then Load Control
returns the network to normal
load in a controlled fashion.

Admission Control and Packet


Scheduler RRM Algorithms
should manage the load.
However, in the event Load
Real Time
(Uncontrollable)
exceeds a design limit Load
Traffic Control is invoked to bring the
network back to design limits.
Non-Real Time
(Less Controllable)
Traffic

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.30

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Load Control
Load Change
Information
Admission
Control
Algorithm

Load Control Load Status


Algorithm (from Measurement)

Packet
Scheduler
Algorithm
Non Real
Time Load
Information

Load Control Algorithm talks to Admission Control and


Packet Scheduling Algorithms.

Load Control acts as a Gatekeeper to ensure planned load is


not exceeded given the independent processes of Admission
Control and Packet Scheduler Algorithms.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.31

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

Introduction to RRM

Power Control
Radio Resource
Management Handover Control
Conventional
Optimisation
Admission Control
3G
Optimisation
Load Control
Course
Wash Up
Packet Scheduler

Packet Scheduler
Summary

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.32

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Packet Scheduler Packet Model

Packet Call and Reading Time Conversational and Streaming


Poisson Distributed in Time Classes of Traffic Transported
using Dedicated Channels (i.e are
Circuit Switched, such as LCD144)
Packet Service Session
Background and Interactive
Packet Reading Classes using Packet Delivery
Call Channels. Real- Time Services can
Time
be delivered over Packet Channels,
such as VoIP

ETSI Web Model shown

Packet Session Parameters vary


enormously and UMTS provides 3
Packet Packet different Delivery Channels to
Size Arrival support Packet Services
Interval
Non-Real Time Packet Delivery
actually can suffer significant
errors, hence low Eb/No resulting
in high capacity. As a result,
retransmissions are needed at the
expense of Time or latency.
NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.33

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Packet Scheduler
RNC

Packet Scheduler sits in the


RNC and works behind the
Load Control process as
discussed in Load Control sub-
section.
Load
Control
Packet access uses the
following Transport Channels:
Packet
Scheduler Common
Dedicated
Shared
Load Control
At BS also

Load Measurements (from Load Control)


Packet Allocations (from Packet Scheduler)
MS to BS Links

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.34

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Packet Scheduler use of Common Channels

Common Channels
FACH on Downlink, RACH on Uplink.
No feedback path and hence no Fast Power Control. This
degrades the Link Level performance with respect to
Dedicated Channel (i.e. no Fast Power Control Gain)
Only one or few RACH and FACH Channels available/sector
SHO not supported
Suited to the delivery of small, bursty quantities of data
(typically one web page, SMS type message, or text only
email).

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.35

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Packet Scheduler use of Common Channels

Common Channels (contd)


CPCH option on Uplink.
Feedback path and hence Fast Power Control. This
improves the Link Level performance with respect to
FACH and RACH Uplink Channels (i.e. Fast Power
Control Gain)
Many users share bandwidth in a Time Multiplex fashion
(like a Downlink Shared Channel) requires
synchronisation?
SHO not supported
Suited to the delivery of larger, but bursty data
sessions (Web Browsing, Interactive Gaming).

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.36

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Packet Scheduler use of Dedicated Channels

Dedicated Channels
DCH on Downlink, and Uplink.
Feedback path and hence Fast Power Control. This
improves the Link Level performance with respect to
Common Channels (i.e. Fast Power Control Gain)
Longer Connection Set-up, and OVSF Code resource on
downlink must be allocated based upon max datarate.
Can lead to inefficient consumption of the Downlink
OVSF Code resources.
SHO supported
Suited to the delivery of larger, less bursty data
sessions (ftp transfer)

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.37

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Packet Scheduler use of Dedicated Channels

Shared Channels
DSCH on Downlink only (Uplink could use DCH, RACH, or
CPCH?). N.B. CPCH is like a Shared Channel, but is Common by
definition.
Feedback path on Downlink and hence Fast Power Control. This
improves the Link Level performance with respect to Common
Channels (i.e. Fast Power Control Gain)
One OVSF Code Resource on Downlink allocated but
bandwidth shared between many other Packet users in a Time
Multiplex.
SHO not supported
Suited to the delivery of larger, more asymmetric but bursty
data sessions (Web Browsing, Interactive Gaming).
Can be used in conjunction with low data rate DCH to offer a
minimum guaranteed bitrate, and variable available bitrate.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.38

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Packet Scheduler Selection of Channel Type

The specific Channel selection


on both the Uplink and
Downlink will be based upon:
Dedicated Channels Common Channels Shared Channels Service Delay
Uplink
DCH
Yes
FACH
No
RACH CPCH
Yes Yes
DSCH
No
Requirements

Downlink Yes Yes No No Yes

FPC Yes No No Yes Yes


Data Throughput
Loading of Channels
SHO Yes No No No No

Data Suitability Large Small Small Medium Medium

Radio Link Performance


Suited for Busrty Data No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Modified from Holma, page 221, r.2001
Asymmetry
Traffic Packet Statistics
(Burstiness)
Traffic Volume

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.39

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Packet Scheduler Scheduling Algorithms

Packet Scheduler makes optimal use of the available air


interface capacity

The optimum may be a mixture of :


Time Division Scheduling (High data rate for short time
period)
Code Division Scheduling (low data rate for long time
period)
Transmission Power Scheduling (data rate depends upon
distance to BS)

The Optimisation is a complex task.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.40

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Packet Scheduler Time Division Scheduling


Different
OVSF Codes One Packet user is served at a
time
Bit
Rate All available capacity can be
allocated to the user
Advantages:
High data rates require low
Eb/No.
Low Interference
User 3
User 4
User 2

User 5

Time
User 1

Hence High Throughput

Disadvantages
Allocation Change amongst
users not instant
Burstiness traffic can lead
to high variation in
Interference

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.41

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Packet Scheduler Code Division Scheduling

Different
OVSF Codes All packet users are served
Bit
concurrently
Rate
User 5 Capacity is divided amongst
User 4 the users.
User 3
Advantages:
User 2
Resources are in full
User 1
usage (more efficient
Time code utilisation)
Disadvantages
Low Datarates require
higher Eb/No
Hence Lower total
throughput

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.42

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Packet Scheduler Tx Power Based Scheduling

Similar Downlink Power allocations

Data rate depends on mobile


location High data rates for
Mobiles close to BS, low data
rates for Mobiles at cell edge

Advantages:
Average Power per Bit is
minimised
Prevention of Power Peaking
with respect to Time
Division Scheduling

384 144 64 8 Disadvantages:


kbps
Accurate prediction of power is
required
Distant users perceive poor
QoS

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.43

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Summary

3GPP TR 25.922 provides


views and thoughts on RRM
Strategies for Load Control,
Admission Control, Handover
Control, and other features
such as Code Resource
Management (OVSF Code
Usage and allocations).

A lot of these functions are


left to the Operator to
discuss with the vendor on
specifically how to change, and
program such RRM algorithms.

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.44

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

Introduction to RRM

Power Control
Radio Resource
Management Handover Control
Conventional
Optimisation
Admission Control
3G
Optimisation
Load Control
Course
Wash Up
Packet Scheduler

Summary

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.45

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.1: Radio Resource Management
Radio Resource Management

Radio Resource Management

Summary

In this section on Radio Resource Management you have


learnt
The need for SHO Intercell Interference
management
The need for Power Control
How Admission and Load Control can be used to
Optimise performance

This section is important to you because


The Operator has control of a few parameters in the
Network. One of these is the RRM Algorithms and
Functions. With careful planning and thought the RRM
can be used to work to the benefit of the Operator

NJHX510E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.1.46

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 9 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

What is in This Section?


Optimisation

How We Did It Back Then


Radio Resource
Management Data fill
Conventional
Optimisation Auditing
3G
Optimisation
Drive Testing
Course
Wash Up
Summary

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.3

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Why is this Section Important to You?

3G systems design much less linear than 2G Fuzzy Universe

This also applies to WCDMA optimisation


Its good to recap on the basic concepts first

Many more inter-related factors affecting network quality


Datacentric applications will add new challenges, and there are
MVNOs to consider now as well as individual subscribers

Initial CDMA optimisation begins at the planning stage


Hence you need to have a new mindset

MINIMISE OPTIMISATION THROUGH GOOD RF DESIGN !

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

How We Did It Back Then


Radio Resource
Management Datafill
Conventional
Optimisation Auditing
3G
Optimisation
Drive Testing
Course
Wash Up
Summary

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.5

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

How We Did It Back Then

Main elements of optimisation in 2G networks are


Datafill
Auditing
Drive Testing

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.6

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

How We Did It Back Then


Radio Resource
Management Datafill
Conventional
Optimisation Auditing
3G
Optimisation
Drive Testing
Course
Wash Up
Summary

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.7

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

What is Datafill ?
Datafill (Data Scripts) relates to the RF and RF/network
parameters necessary to enable the BSS/RNC to function

Examples of datafill include;


Base station frequencies and codes for CDMA based
networks
BTS and network codes, BSIC, NCC, MNC, BCC
Adjacency lists
Power control parameters
Handover parameters

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.8

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Default Datafill
Radio access network vendor suppliers are usually best
placed to provide default datafill parameters due to;
Experience gained with other networks
Access to laboratory simulation results
Contractual obligations, e.g. turnkey solutions with
stage payments related to network performance

Certain parameters may need adjusting from their default


value if LNAs are utilised in the system

3G operators now find themselves at the same stage of


technology evolution as GSM operators did back in 1990

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.9

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Where is it Input?

Datafill parameters are input either;


Through Man Machine Language (MML) commands at the
MMI (Man Machine Interface) of the Radio access
network element, i.e. BSC/RNC and/or BTS/node B
Through OMC sessions on the OMC-R*
Through a planning tool interfaced with the OMC

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.10

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Datafill Input

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE
Mobile Switching and Management Operation & Maintenance
Equipment (ME) Base Station System (BSS) Sub-system (SMSS) Sub-system (OMSS)

SIM

GSM

HLR

PSTN

ill
OMCs

ill
Base station

af
MSC
af

at
ill
at

D
SIM

af
D
GSM

at
D
VLR
OMCr
Base
station
AuC
BSC/RNC (G)MSC
NMC
SIM
Gateway
GSM

EIR

Base station
OMC
Um A bis A
Interface Interface Interface Fig 1.3.1

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.11

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Key Datafill Parameters


The key datafill parameters for GSM networks are;
BTS specific data (RNC for 3G)
Adjacency cell data (Neighbour lists,Active sets will be
of great importance for 3G)
Handover parameters
Power control parameters

We have seen that handover and power control parameters


are very important in WCDMA networks

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.12

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Handover & Power Control


The aim of handover and power control is to;
Maintain the best call quality through the duration of a
call
Minimise, where possible, excessive power output from
the MS in order to prolong battery life (talk time) and
to minimise interference

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.13

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Handover and Power Control

GSM ETSI recommends, and does not specify, the HO and


PC strategies and algorithms.

HO and PC strategies and algorithms are unique to each


manufacturer

The algorithms process radio link measurements and initiate


specific forms of handover, in a prioritised fashion

HO and PC (BTS/node B and MS) are processes implemented


independently of one another but in parallel

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.14

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Handover and Power Control


The control functions of HO and PC reside in different network
elements
MS/Base station responsible for;
Radio link measurements
BSC/RNC responsible for;
Measurement processing
HO, PC threshold comparisons
PC commands
HO target cell evaluation
HO decision and command
MSC responsible for;
External decision and command

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.15

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Handover
GSM two basis kinds of handover
Intra/inter Base station and intra/inter BSC/RNC

CDMA
Softer and soft handover

HO decisions based on;


Threshold signal level
Interference
Quality
Distance

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.16

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

How We Did It Back Then


Radio Resource
Management Datafill
Conventional
Optimisation Auditing
3G
Optimisation
Drive Testing
Course
Wash Up
Summary

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.17

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Key Inputs to Success


The biggest element of optimisation occurs well before any
drive surveying is carried out

The two key elements include;


Network planning and design
Auditing

It is essential that there exists a strategy and plan

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.18

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Auditing of What?

The auditing consists of two main areas;


Hardware aspects of the site installations
Parameter audits of the Datafill

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.19

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Hardware Auditing
The hardware audit comprises of;
Antenna
Orientation (Azimuth and Elevation)
Feeder/connector integrity
Correct BTS/Feeder/Antenna connectivity
VSWR conformance
Radhaz compliance
LNA functionality
BTS/ node B commissioning acceptance
BTS/node B integration acceptance

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.20

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Parameter Auditing
Frequencies, BCC

Codes and relative code power

Neighbour list (Bi-directionality)


HO and PC

DTX control
Channel configuration

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.21

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Prerequisites to Drive Surveys


The prerequisites include;
Site exists as an element within a cluster of operational
sites
All documentation associated with site is complete
Hardware audit complete
Site has RF acceptance
No service affecting issues outstanding on punchlist
Prior Co-ordination Notice issued (where applicable)
Site is operationally stable

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.22

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

How We Did It Back Then


Radio Resource
Management Datafill
Conventional
Optimisation Auditing
3G
Optimisation
Drive Testing
Course
Wash Up
Summary

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.23

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Surveys

Surveys are required for Measure


Of Service (MOS)

Quantifiable metrics and targets


enable progress monitoring

Can be used when troubleshooting


network

RXLEV = 20
RXQUAL = 2 Mason

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.24

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Survey Data Acquisition

Location Data Collection


Local Mean Measurements
GPS/Inertial Navigation
Multi-Channels
Scanning Rxs

GPS
t Receiver
Receiver
Dead
Reckoning

Mason

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.25

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Survey Data Acquisition

There are several commercial data aquisition systems for


cellular radio surveys/trials

Radio prediction and planning tools have capability to import


measurement data and correlate this with predicted outputs

Data acquisition systems can be: phone based, receiver


based, hybrid of the two

SAFCO COMARCO LCC


SmartSAM NAS-150 Cellumate
SmartSAM Plus NAS-250 RSAT Walkabout
PROMAS NAS-350 RSAT 2000

CHASE NOKIA GRAYSON ELECTRONICS

ERICSSON NMS/X Cellscope

TEMS RACKS
NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.26

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Survey Data Acquisition Phone based

Measures network performance from the subscribers


perspective
Allows assessment of call statistics such as dropped and
blocked calls as a function of the users location

Used to determine network problems such as


Poor voice quality
Lack of significant coverage
FER (Frame Erasure Rate) link quality

Measures pilot signals from the neighbour pilot list


(downloaded from the network)
Some decode layer 3 messages for network troubleshooting

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.27

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Call Types

The test mobile handset can be used in one of two modes;


Dedicated
Idle

Dedicated Mode;
A call is established and full call related data is available

Idle Mode;
In this case the MS monitors the network with no call in
progress with limited data

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.28

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Survey Data Acquisition Receiver based


Allows better understanding of the cause of the network problem
GPS synchronised enabling
Timing delay measurement for detecting base station timing
error
Delay spread measurement for characterising multipaths and
so allow proper setting of search window
Able to scan all 512 pilots independently of the network
transmitted UMTS neighbour list
Primary and Secondary scrambling codes
Detect pilot pollution
Missing neighbour conditions
Usually has a spectrum analyser for troubleshooting in the
frequency domain

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.29

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization
Module 5: Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation
Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation Conventional O

Survey Data Acquisition Hybrid Survey


Reduces time and resources spent resolving network
problems Su

The phone can tell what the symptom is, and the receiver
can tell why the problem occurred

Intersta
US High
State
Highway
Major Ro
Streets

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.30 NJHX520E.PPT

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Conventional Optimisation

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Milestone Target

Target metrics have to be established in order to monitor


progress

System Service Voice Coverage


Access Retention Quality

Area Successful Call


Establishment
Dropped
Call
% RXQUAL <4(5) % RXLEV >
xdBm
Driven Rate Rate

All >99% <3% >94% >95%


Roads

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.32

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Environment Types

Mason

Mason Mason

URBAN SUB-URBAN RURAL

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.33

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Launch Prerequisites

The following sequence of milestones usually preceed a


network launch;

Business simulation trial


Test of services and functionality

Friendly user trial


Network assessment for services and billing

Soft launch

Launch

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.34

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Business User Trials

BSC1/ RNC1

BSC2/ RNC2

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.35

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

How We Did It Back Then


Radio Resource
Management Datafill
Conventional
Optimisation Auditing
3G
Optimisation
Drive Testing
Course
Wash Up
Summary

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.36

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization Section 5.2: Conventional Optimisation
Conventional Optimisation

Conventional Optimisation

Summary

In this section on Conventional Optimisation we have considered


How we did it in 2G networks with datafill, auditing and drive
testing, following the planning and network deployment phases

This section is important to you because


Its good to recap on the basic concepts first
Initial CDMA optimisation begins at the planning stage
WCDMA system design much less linear than 2G
Many more inter-related factors affecting network quality
Datacentric applications will add new challenges, and there are
MVNOs to consider now as well as individual subscribers
Hence you need to have a new mindset

NJHX520E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.2.37

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 10 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

What is in This Section?


Optimisation

Brief Recap
Radio Resource
Management
Five Step Initial Optimisation Process
Conventional
Optimisation

3G
3G Drive Test Tools
Optimisation

Course Future 3G Optimisation Strategies


Wash Up

Summary

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.3

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

Why is this Section Important to You?

Controlling your coverage will be critical to building a system which


can be optimised in an effective manner
It is highly likely that physical optimisation will be very labour
intensive
Sensible choices of initial tilts and azimuths will make optimisation
less labour intensive
Dont forget - skilled riggers will be in great demand so the less
re-rigging required, the better
All in all the less site modifications required at launch the better
But dont worry remember the fuzzy universe!
Many sites will still need your intervention after integration
This will be true no matter how good the initial RF planning
Its part and parcel of any CDMA system design and to be expected

RF
RFPLANNERS
PLANNERSARE
ARETHE
THEINITIAL
INITIALOPTIMISATION
OPTIMISATIONTEAM!!
TEAM!!
NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.4

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

How Will You Learn?

Initial optimisation may at face value look similar to other


systems you might have worked on.

Future optimisation requirements are open to debate


Good lessons can be drawn from narrowband CDMA (IS-95)
experiences

There are no 3G optimisation experts yet.


Feel free to discuss the points raised here

Discussion

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.5

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

Brief Recap
Radio Resource
Management
Five Step Initial Optimisation Process
Conventional
Optimisation

3G
3G Drive Test Tools
Optimisation

Course Future 3G Optimisation


Wash Up

Summary

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.6

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

Brief Recap
3G (WCDMA)
Is designed for single frequency operation
Supports SOFT and HARD handoff
Is designed for dynamically varying data rates & services
Coverage extent can vary greatly according to the mix of data ra tes,
services and user mobility (cell breathing)
Parameter optimisation limited when compared to 2G systems
Services can be limited in both the uplink & downlink

2G (TDMA)
Inherently designed for multi-frequency operation
Was designed to support HARD handoffs only
Originally designed for limited range of data rates & services
Coverage extent is largely fixed
Parameter optimisation extensively utilised
Service is largely uplink limited

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.7

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

Ultimate Goals of Optimisation?


Maintain basic network
functionality

Ensure that network


reliably supports all
services marketed to the
customer

Increase customer loyalty


and confidence
Reduce churn

MAXIMISE REVENUE!

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.8

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

Where are We Now?


Optimisation

Brief Recap
Radio Resource
Management
Five Step Initial Optimisation Process
Conventional
Optimisation

3G
3G Drive Test Tools
Optimisation

Course Future 3G Optimisation


Wash Up

Summary

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.9

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

Whole Picture of Initial Optimisation

What do we want initially as we rollout 3G sites?

LOCALISED SPECTRUM HEALTH CHECK


CHECK OF BASIC CELL FUNCTIONALITY
COVERAGE VERIFICATION
NEIGHBOUR VERIFICATION
MINIMISE FAILED ORIGINATION ATTEMPTS AND
DROPPED CALLS
MINIMISE UNECESSARY SOFT HANDOVER
CHECK HARD HANDOVERS TO GSM (IF UTILISED)

HOW MIGHT WE GO ABOUT IMPLEMENTING THIS?

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.10

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process

1 IDENTIFY SITE CLUSTERS

2 QUICK SPECTRUM SWEEP

3 BASIC SITE HEALTH CHECK

4 INITIAL SYSTEM CHECKS ON UNLOADED CELLS

5 NEIGHBOUR LIST OPTIMISATION

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.11

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process

Step 1: Identify Clusters


General CDMA experience indicates that cluster based
integration and testing is crucial to success

Idea is to choose an initial live centre cell.


19 cell cluster is the theoretical maximum size
Must include surrounding tier, second tier is desirable
Define as big a cluster as is practical
Must be driveable in a suitable timescale
How long is suitable ?
Depends on: Headcount, Skill levels, Availability
Try to make it one day No more than two
Remember the idea is to immediately implement site
changes on a per cluster basis and then re-test.
NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.12

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process

Illustration of ideal WCDMA Optimisation Cluster

First Tier of Live Cells

Arbitrary First Live Cell

Second Tier of Live Cells

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.13

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process

Clusters are an integral part of any CDMA system rollout.


19 cell cluster is a textbook ideal because:
19 cells provide two tiers of live cells around nominal centre
cell location.
This enables realistic levels of system noise to be present
Also enables appropriate testing of soft handovers

Make use of natural /demographic clusters where possible.


Availability of ready built sites in an area may influence cluster size
Hence real life situation may be reflected in non optimal clusters

As always, commercial reality and logistics will influence BUT:


You will not be able to effectively integrate sites in isolation as
was possible in 2G TDMA systems
RF GROUP SHOULD HAVE PIVOTAL ROLE IN FORECASTING
SITE AVAILABILITY
NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.14

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process


Cluster Identification Example

This example highlights the arbitrary nature of the cluster


identification process
Aims to introduce you to a consistent and easy to implement
technique

Based upon a method used heavily in marketing and demographic


analysis using modern G.I.S software
Realistic Urban conurbation and site combo presented
Note there are also other algorithms which you could potentially
use

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.15

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process


Cluster Identification Example

In the following example how would you organise the drive


test programme on a cluster basis if you were to do it by eye
with a pencil and paper approach

Initially assume that this is a fixed launch list and that no


sites will drop out or be added

Compare the next two slides


Then consider how much easier it would be to modify the
clusters in the second example, if the site list forecast
dates were to change as will be the case in reality

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.16

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

Identifying Potential Optimisation Clusters:


Using Site Location Alone?

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.17

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

Identifying Potential Optimisation Clusters:


Visualisation Using Natural Neighbourhood Regions

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.18

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process


About Natural Neighbourhood Regions
Spatial point data can be mapped to corresponding area regions
There are an infinite number of ways of doing this but we need
something intuitive
Regions shown in previous example were calculated through a
triangulation method. (Delaunay Triangulation)

Known as Voronoi Polygons these delineate what is known as the


natural neighbourhood region, and each region shares the same
special property
Within these regions you are always closer to the point enclosed by
that region, than to any other neighbouring site
This is important to identifying practical optimisation clusters, as it
enables a consistent and flexible approach to cluster definition to
be undertaken

By defining the clusters in this way you introduce a degree of


flexibility and you can thematically map any associated site
information relating to integration dates
NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.19

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process


Clusters: Key Points

Cluster concept is closely associated with rolling out CDMA systems


Remember that cluster definition will always be an arbitrary
process.

There are no right or wrong ways to do it but intuitive approaches


such as Voronoi mapping will work best

RF departments should have strong say in site integration


forecasting so that cluster based optimisation can be utilised
effectively

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.20

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process

Step 2: Quick Spectrum Sweep


Perform quick check of spectrum in cluster area (with
sites in cluster not radiating)
Gives visibility of potential problem signals such as
illegal speed trap radars / military radars
Spectrum analyser or drive test DSP receiver sweep
May seem trivial but IS-95 experience shows this saves
wasting time
Contact the R.A if a spectrum problem is discovered
remember you have paid billions for this!
Be aware spectrum sweeping is not the same as
wideband channel characteristic testing

Mason
Mason have
have already
already heard
heard anecdotal
anecdotal tales
tales of
of interferers
interferers being
being
present
present inin the
the UK
UK WCDMA
WCDMA allocated
allocated bands!
bands!

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.21

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

WCDMA Example Spectrum

(Courtesy of
AGILENT)

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.22

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process

Step 3: Basic Site Health Check


Conduct visual inspection of installation
Dont forget your binoculars, compass and a map!
Have installation team done a good job? Is site neat
and tidy?
Antennas and cables seem secure?
Correct number of sectors installed?
Azimuths look correct?
Company safety & contact information notices installed?
All basic checks, but often neglected and found to be the
source of problems
Existence of a handover pack or as built drawings do not
imply that these checks have been made
NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.23

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process

Step 4: Initial Checks on Unloaded System


Is sector radiating RF ?
Do Power levels seem ok?
Absolute power level (Node B @ 40dBm)

Relative power levels (percentages)


Synchronisation channels

Pilot channel
Control channels
Channel power - Check that coverage levels are good and
meet expectations
Check that primary scrambling code matches plan
(analogous to checking the frequency plan in TDMA system)
Originate voice/data calls and if appropriate check that system hands
over to GSM (if at fringe of UMTS network)
NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.24

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process

Step 5: Neighbour Optimisation


Identify strong pilots which are not defined in a cells
neighbour set
In CDMA systems, missing neighbours are a common cause of
dropped calls
This is because the active cell does not know the missing
neighbours exist and cannot synchronise with them.
Hence the missing neighbours become interferers
IS-95 experience confirms that this is a major problem
Dont rely solely on neighbour lists created by planning tools
Each cell should have a hand optimised neighbour set
Thorough analysis of drive test results for missing neighbours
will pay dividends
Good neighbour optimisation will assist pilot pollution
containment
NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.25

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process


Neighbour Sets and Related Sets

Candidate Set
Active Set

Neighbour Set
Remainder Set

NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.26

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process


IS-95 Operator Experience With Neighbours
Take note of the following points
These come from IS 95 operator & vendor experience.
Neighbour sets ideally will define only 50 75 % of the
maximum allowed number of neighbours (32 in UTRA?)
Sites which pass this criterion are considered well optimised
As neighbour lists increase:
1. More time is taken to acquire new cells
2. Handover performance decreases
If you tilt sites you must review neighbour lists
Likewise if a site is re-oriented or removed
WCDMA
WCDMAneighbour
neighbouroptimisation
optimisationwill
willoccupy
occupyaavery
verysignificant
significant
amount
amountof
oftime
timeand
andresources
resourcesjust
justlike
likeIS-95
IS-95
NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.27

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Optimisation

5 Step Initial Optimisation Process


General IS-95 operator experiences
RF optimisation was found to be crucially important

75% of launch sites needed intervention of some sort


5% of sites needed completely re-configuring or even
removing from the network

A significant difference in capacity was noted between the


best and worst groups of sites.

In the worst case, sites carried a fifth of the traffic of the


best performing sites.

Note this was due to non optimal configurations and


interference, not a lack of traffic to carry!

Assume
Assumethat
thatthe
theabove
aboveisisalso
alsotrue
truefor
forWCDMA
WCDMAnetworks
networks
Think
Think of the potential effect of costs, revenuesand
of the potential effect of costs, revenues andinitial
initialuse
userrperception
perception
NJHX530E.PPT Mason Communications Ltd 2001 5.3.28

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

W here are W e Now?


Optimisation

Brief Recap
Radio Resource
Management

Convent ional
Five Step Initial Optimisation Process
Opt imisat ion

3G 3G Drive Test Tools


Opt imisat ion

Course Future 3G Optimisation


W ash Up

Summary

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Drive Test Tools

What kind of 3G test tools are available now?


What kind of 3G test tools will be available in the future?

PHONE based tools -Future


RECEIVER based tools -Now
COMBINATION of both types -Future
Until the first WCDMA handsets become available
receiver based tools will be the initial option
offered by manufacturers
All kit should be easily upgradeable when test handsets become
available
Optimisation will be limited in scope until the availability of 3G test
phones

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Drive Test Tools

Requirements
Graphical displays Bar charts & Graphs
Quantitative displays of powers and scrambling codes etc
Ability to track and display user defined parameters
CW and channel power measurements
Customisability through scripting languages
Ability to set condition alarms based on relational operators
and logic
Compatibility with common spreadsheet and database formats
Compatibility with GIS systems e.g MapInfo / ArcInfo
Compatibility with existing 2G survey kit
Initially vehicle based, walk-test functionality required later?

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Drive T est T ools


S urvey kit requirements : I nitial

S crambling S pect rum C.W Channel T iming


Codes/ Pilot s A nalysis Power Power Dr if t

Graphical
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Display

Power
Yes Yes Yes Yes
represent at ion N/ A

E xport
Yes possibly Yes Yes No
I nt erf ace

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Drive T est T ools


Example Receiver Based Drive T est Capabilities

Measurement A bilit y Main Display Pr oper t ies

T op N Pr imar y S ync Chan


E c & E c/ I o

measure all scrambling codes S econdar y S ync Chan


in t imeslot , displays up t o N E c & E c/ I o
st rongest in bar chart f ormat
S crambling Code
User N List E c & E c/ I o

A ggr egat e S cr ambling Code


User can def ine up t o N E c & E c/ I o
specif ic scrambling codes t o
be monit ored in bar graph Delay S pr ead

Relat ive T ime

(Possible t o t oggle bet ween E b


and E c if required )

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Drive T est T ools


Drive T est S crambling Code Analysis

(Courtesy of AGI LENT )

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

3G Drive T est T ools - Delay S pread S creenshot

(Courtesy of AGI LENT )

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

S ummary S o Far
W CDMA Optimisation begins with radio planning!

Contain your coverage you can st ill do t his and meet


Market ings launch and f ut ure requirement s

Consider suitable clusters right f rom day one successf ul


W CDMA opt imisat ion will be achievable if clust er based

Choose initial sensible tilts err on t he side of caut ion

Neighbour lists are more important than ever dont rely


on a planning t ool t o creat e t hem

Become f amiliar with W CDMA drive test tools and


techniques AS AP it will make you a bet t er planner

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

W here are W e Now?


Optimisation

Brief Recap
Radio Resource
Management
F ive S t ep I nit ial Opt imisat ion Process
Convent ional
Opt imisat ion

3G
3G Drive T est T ools
Opt imisat ion

Course F ut ure 3G Opt imisat ion S t rat egies


W ash Up

S ummary

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation S trategies


Parameter Optimisation
Y ou will need t o consider met hods f or applying and t hen assessing t he
ef f ect of changes t o RNC and Base st at ion paramet ers
A n explanat ion of t he most import ant paramet ers is given in sect ion
5.1 Radio Resource Management

Power allocat ion paramet ers

Handover paramet ers

S earch window paramet ers

Manuf act urers will advise on opt imal set t ings f or some
paramet ers based upon t rial result s and t est bed analysis
T he scope of operat ors t o alt er part icular paramet ers may be limit ed
by commercial level of service agreement s so you will have t o make
best use of t hose t hat you can

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation S trategies


Parameter Optimisation
I t will be essent ial t o def ine an int egrat ed st rat egy f or
paramet er change cont rol

T o minimise impact on service availabilit y


T o minimise dat a t hroughput reduct ion

T o f acilit at e ef f ect ive assessment of t he impact of any


changes

T o prevent non- compat ible changes being made by


dif f erent groups wit hin t he company

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation Strategies


Parameter Optimisation

Many WCDMA system factors are interdependent such that


poorly implemented parameter changes could make the network
unstable
Hence it is not recommended that changes be made in isolation

Most changes would be better applied to several sites


simultaneously (cluster based?)

Wherever possible simulate changes before implementation

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation Strategies


Capacity Optimisation
What methodology should be adopted for predicting future
growth
Need to estimate the impact of fast data services on capacity
requirements
In the current financial environment capacity growth must be
effectively implemented with the minimum of resource
So subscriber traffic models should be as realistic as possible
Constant revision of subscriber traffic predictions will be
necessary to adequately dimension for growth
Hence close liaison with marketing teams will be required to
assess the subscriber growth and the bandwidth profile of
each customer

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation Strategies


Capacity Upgrades

Existing capacity problems will need to be tackled consistently


You will need to identify any physical cause of an existing
capacity problem
If it is a physical configuration problem will on-site
optimisation cure the problem?
Consider the pros and cons of upgrading to 6 sector site?
What about using transmit diversity
It will of course depend on which upgrade paths are supported
by your vendors

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation S trategies


Planning For Capacity Growth

Once it is est ablished t hat more capacit y is needed


W hen should a new cell be planned?
S hould a new carrier be implement ed if available?
Under what circumst ances might micro- cells be ut ilised t her e
are benef it s and disadvant ages?
Could repeat ers give more easily workable solut ions if t he
problem is largely due t o coverage holes

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation S trategies


S mart Antenna Deployment

When will smart antennas become available?


How will they affect planning and optimisation?
They work on paper -Theory shows demonstrable reductions
in interference and improvements in capacity
But what about in practise?
Heavily dependent on robust real-time software algorithms
Beam forming, switched beams, multiple receive antennas etc:
Manufacturers will be pushing their solutions as the best
Be sceptical and dont believe all the claims made
How easily can they be integrated into the network
Will physical optimisation be adversely affected?
What would the performance benefits and capacity increases
be in relation to the costs

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation S trategies


Analysis of Network S tatistics
T here will be huge amount s of net work st at ist ics generat ed
W hat will be t he key perf ormance indicat ors
Using net work st at ist ics t o ex amine neighbour def init ions is
one example which will be used ext ensively

Redundant neighbours can be spot t ed t his way and


r emoved
Dat a mining t echniques / F uz z y dat a analysis:

Can we spot hidden t rends in t he net work by using such


t echniques?

I n ot her words is convent ional net work perf ormance dat a


analysis going t o be enough?

Dat
Dataamining
miningand
andanalysis
analysiswill
willbe
beaapowerf
powerfululand
andimport
important
ant business
businessttool
ool

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation S trategies


S ources of Perf ormance and User Data

RF DATABASES

SWITCH DATABASES BI L L I NG D A T A BA S E S
Drive Test
Data
R N C d a t a

Backbone data DATA MINING CDRs

PLATFORM

Customer complaints / perceptions / profiles

MARKETING DATABASES

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation S trategies


S ources of Perf ormance and User Data

Dat abases shown in previous diagram might be raw or could be


derived f rom one anot her
Doesnt mat t er - as long as t hey are separat e ent it ies which are
warehoused t oget her.
I dea is t o mine across each plat f orm in all direct ions t o ident if y or
visualise correlat ions or relat ionships bet ween event s and out comes
T ypical example event s might be:
Net work paramet er changes, int roduct ion of new handset s,
int roduct ion of a new high speed dat a service, pricing changes and
so on
T ypical example out comes might be:
Decrease in average user t ime, increase in dat a t hroughput ,
increase in churn, increase in revenue and so on

Correlat ion bet ween such event s might be a lot more subt le t han
you have seen in 2G syst ems and convent ional dat a analysis
t echniques might not allow you t o det ect t hem

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation S trategies


Data Mining Methods
Regression Models Linear Models

Conv entional data analysis


techniques commonly used
in the T elecomm community
Variance Analysis

DATA MINING
TECHNIQUES

Time Series analysis


Factor Analysis

Discriminant
Analysis

Generate Relationships
Identify Correlations

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation S trategies


Data Mining Methods
Cluster
T hese will be much more
(Aggregate)
Analysis prevalent in 3G net works -
Neural Networks and
Fuzzy analysis especially af t er t he init ial
launch

T hese met hods will assist in


Newer techniques to DATA MINING planning, market ing and
be investig ated TECHNIQUES
maint aining t he opt imal mix
( More E xperimental) of dat a speeds and services

User prof iles will be easier t o


def ine wit h t hese met hods

Generate Relationships T echnical depart ment s will have at


Identify Correlations t heir disposal t he inf ormat ion
t hey need t o def ine and ref ine
t echnical st rat egies

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

Future 3G Optimisation S trategies


Data Mining Methods
Convent ional t echniques will
Cluster
Analysis Regression Models Linear Models
always cont inue t o be usef ul
Neural Networks and
Fuzzy analysis
Newer t echniques are st ill in
t heir early days and need
f urt her invest igat ion
Variance Analysis

Data How ef f ect ively t hese


Mining
T ec hniques
convent ional and new met hods
Time Series analysis
are combined will be a
Factor Analysis dif f erent iat ing f act or
bet ween a good and bad
D is c rimina nt
Analysis
operat or
S uccessf ul dat a mining
analysis will be heavily
Generate Relationships
Identify Correlations dependent on powerf ul and
robust sof t ware

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11
Network Optimization 3G Optimisation Section 5.3: 3G Optimisation

S ummary of Future 3G Optimisation S trategies

Y ou must def ine st rat egies f or implement ing all aspect s of


paramet er opt imisat ion - in conj unct ion wit h equipment vendors
where appropriat e
Consider f rom day one how you will cope wit h required capacit y
growt h
A dvanced dat a analysis will be inst rument al t o giving t he business
clear and accurat e visibilit y of net work perf ormance and revenue
relat ionships
Huge amount s of inf ormat ion will be generat ed and will need t o be
managed ef f ect ively t o be properly analysed
Consider all novel t echnologies which will give you a perf ormance
advant age no mat t er how seemingly unconvent ional
New mindset s t o RF and net work opt imisat ion are required:
Best ef f ort s will only be achieved if t echnical, market ing and I T
groups become an int egrat ed t eam

Mason Communications Ltd 2001


5.3.51

Eng. Heba Shawki (NTI) UMTS Planning & Optimization Trans. Dept. Nov., 2014 11 / 11

You might also like